BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH LỚP 7 I-LEARN SMART WORLD CÓ FILE NGHE (BẢN HS-GV) (BÀI 1-8)

Page 1

LEARN SMART WORLD CÓ FILE NGHE (BẢN HS-GV) (BÀI 1-8)

WORD VERSION | 2023 EDITION ORDER NOW / CHUYỂN GIAO QUA EMAIL

Hỗ trợ trực tuyến Fb www.facebook.com/DayKemQuyNhon Mobi/Zalo 0905779594 Tài liệu chuẩn tham khảo Phát triển kênh bởi Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú Đơn vị tài trợ / phát hành / chia sẻ học thuật : Nguyen Thanh Tu Group BÀI TẬP BỔ TRỢ TIẾNG ANH LỚP
7 I-
BÀI TẬP
LEARN SMART WORLD Ths Nguyễn Thanh Tú eBook Collection vectorstock com/7952634
TAILIEUCHUANTHAMKHAO@GMAIL COM
TIẾNG ANH I-

VOCABULARY

ENGLISH TYPE PRONUNCIATION VIETNAMESE

arrange flowers v /əˈreɪnʤˈflaʊə(r)z/ cắm hoa collect v /kəˈlɛkt/ sưu tầm

buildmodels v /mɒdlz/ mô hình

make vlogs v /meɪk vlog/ làm video bird-watching n /bɜːd-ˈwɒʧɪŋ/ ngắm chim

board game n /bɔːdgeɪm/ trò chơi dạng bảng

collage n /ˈkɒlɑːʒ/ nghệthuật cắt dán ảnh cycling n /ˈsaɪklɪŋ/ sựđi xe đạp eggshell n /ˈegʃel/ vỏtrứng gardening n /ˈgɑːdnɪŋ/ hoạt động làm vườn

gymnastics n /ʤɪmˈnæstɪks/ môn thểdục dụng cụ

horse-riding n /hɔːs-ˈraɪdɪŋ/ hoạt động cưỡi ngựa

ice-skating n /aɪs ˈskeɪtɪŋ/ hoạt động trượt băng mountain climbing n /ˈmaʊntənˈklaɪmɪŋ/ hoạt động leo núi (play)online game n /ˈɔnˌlaɪn geɪm/ chơi trò chơi trực tuyến (read)comics n /ˈkɑmɪk/ đọc truyện tranh skating n /ˈskeɪtɪŋ/ hoạt động trượt pa tanh surfing the Internet n /ˈsɜːfɪŋðiˈɪntənet/ hoạt động truy cập internet

unusual adj /ʌnˈjuːʒʊəl/ bất thường bake v /beɪk/ nướng, nung collect v /kəˈlɛkt/ sưu tập, thu thập comic n /ˈkɑmɪk/ truyện tranh game n

/geɪm/ trò chơi model n

/ˈmɑdəl/ mô hình online a

/ˈɔnˌlaɪn/ trực tuyến

/ˈsɑkər/ môn bóng đá sticker n

soccer n

/ˈstɪkər/ nhãn dán

vlog n /vlog/ nhật ký vềcuộcsống, công việc dưới dạng video

bowling alley (n) n /ˈboʊlɪŋ ˈæli/ khu trò chơi bowling

fair (n) n /fɛr/ hội chợvui chơi giải trí, chợ

phiên

ice rink n /aɪs rɪŋk/ sân trượt băng

market n /ˈmɑrkət/ chợ

sports center n /spɔrts ˈsɛntər/ trung tâm thểthao

theater n /ˈθiətər/ nhà hát

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

water park n /ˈwɔtər pɑrk/ công viên nước

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

availability n

/əˌveɪləˈbɪləti/ Khảnăng và thời gian để làm việc gì

extreme sport n

invitation n

rock climbing n

safety equipment n

skateboarding n

surfing n

zorbing n

/ɛkˈstrim spɔrt/ thếthao mạo hiểm

/ˌɪnvɪˈteɪʃən/ sựmời gọi, lời mời

/rɑk ˈklaɪmɪŋ/ trò leo núi đá (hoặc leo tường có gắn đá)

/ˈseɪfti ɪˈkwɪpmənt/ thiết bịan toàn

/ˈskeɪtˌbɔrdɪŋ/ trò trượt ván

/ˈsɜrfɪŋ/ trò lướt sóng

/ˈzɔːrbɪŋ/ trò lăn xuống dốc hoặc lăn

trên mặt nước trong một quảcầu nhựa trong suốt

mountain climbingbird-watching playing board games read comics

collecting soccer stickers zorbing

skateboarding rock climbing

make vlogs bake cakes build models gardening

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
Task 1. Look at the pictures and complete the blanks. 1.…………… 2………………. 3……….……… 4………………… 5………………… 6………………… 7………………… 8…………………

fishing photos collecting doll listening to music gardening stamps paintingcarving wood mountain-climbing horse-riding

1.She usually goes _________ with her brother in the pool near her school.

2.Sarah likes _________. She plants lots of flowers and vegetables in her home garden.

3. I enjoy and it becomes my pleasure.

4. I have recently started a new hobby –_____________.

5.Most people like taking _____________ and post them on their social networking accounts.

6.In later years, he took up _____________ as a hobby. He drew water color landscapes.

7. Many people think that _______________is very dangerous.

8. Duong says he loves____________ but he won’t continue this hobby from next year.

9. He is interested in________. It’s his favorite hobby.

10. My younger sister likes collecting____________. Now she has more than 50.

Task 3. Choose the best options to complete the following sentences.

1.My mother loves flowers so I often ...................... some in the living room.

A. hate B. arrange C. burn D. catch

2....................... is a popular hobby of the people living around this forest.

A. Collecting dolls B. Bird-watching

C. Ice-skating D. Surfing

3.He can’t ...................... because he is scared of heights.

A. make pottery B. go camping

C. go mountain climbing D. make models

4.My father is doing the ...................... and my mother is cooking.

A. gardening B. horse-riding C skating D. monopoly

5.You should ...................... gymnastics regularly to have good health.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

A. do B. go C. watch D. play

6.A lot of people enjoy ...................... things such as dolls, stamps or bottles.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
9……………… 10………………… 11………………… 12……………….
Task 2. Use the given words to complete the sentences.

A. making B. arranging C. doing D. collecting

7.It takes me a lot of time to make a ......................

A. collage B. cycling C. eggshell D. Monopoly

8.You shouldn’t go ...................... if you can’t swim.

A. skating B. board game C. gallery D. surfing

9.Can you ride a horse? - Of course. It’s a piece of ......................

A. cake B. horse C. collage D. art

10.He’s a great artist. He can ...................... in both ......................

A. plant ‒ stone and wood B. carved ‒ eggshell

C. carve ‒ wood and eggshells D. plant ‒ wood and eggshells

11.I love this song because its ...................... is very sweet and romantic.

A. melody B. monopoly C. challenging D. unique

12.Be careful, please! All of things in this box are very ......................

A .gallery B. collage C. carved D. fragile

13.A lot of girls love holding their weddings ......................

A.challenging B. outdoors C. in board games D. unusual

14.Lan doesn’t like ...................... sports such as surfing or mountain climbing.

A. fragile B. indoors C. challenging D. carved

15.Be careful. Don’t ...................... yourself.

A. hurt B. plant C. hate D. catch

Task 4. Complete the phrase with a gerundandPut the phrases under the correct pictures

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

walking hanging listening collecting playing watching arranging playing going going

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
1. ................................ flowers 6. ................................ the dog 2. ................................ dolls 7. ................................ the music 3. ................................ mountain climbing 8. ................................ shopping 4. ................................ the piano 9. ................................ television 5. ................................ out with friends 10. .............................. board games .................................... .................................... .................................... ....................................

Task 5. Give the correct form of the word given to complete the sentences.

1. My uncle usually takes a lot of ______ photos. (BEAUTY)

2. I think collecting old bowls is a very ______ hobby. (BORE)

3. You can use carved eggshells as ________ in your house. (DECORATE)

4. I like reading booksbecause it ________ my knowledge. (WIDE)

5. Model making is a __________ ways of spending time. (WONDER)

6. Reading books can also develop our __________ (IMAGINE)

7. That girl can use leaves to make___________ sounds. (MUSIC)

8. You should choose a hobby because it will give you ______and help you relax (PLEASE)

9. Nick’s hobby is collecting stamps. He is a stamp __________ (COLLECT)

10. Hoa is very ________and she paints very well. (CREATE)

11. Tom and his close friend are playing with his colourful train toys______ (ENJOY)

12. He thinks his brother has an ___ hobby - carving shells. It's quite strange to him. (USUAL)

13. It's____ that he carves beautiful faces into small woods. (AMAZE)

14. My mother hangs her beautiful pictures on the wall as home_

(DECORATE)

15. Staying at home is the most.___________way of relaxation. (BORE)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN
ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
OFFICIAL
_____.

1. Present simple

(+) I, you, we, they + V-inf

He, she, it + Vs/es

(-) I, you, we, they + don’t + V-inf

He, she, it + doesn’t + V-inf

(?) Do + I, you, we, they + V-inf?

Does + he, she, it + V-inf?

Ví dụ:

I go to school. She goes to work.

Tôi đi học

Chịấy đi làm

I don’t go to school. She doesn’t go to work.

Tôi không đi học

Chịấy không đi làm

Do you go to school? Does she go to work?

Cậu đi học phải không?

Chịấy đi làm phải không?

Thì hiện tại đơn dùng đểdiễn đạt một hành động mang tính thường xuyên, thói quen, hoặc hành động lặp đi lặp lại có tính quy luật.

Ví dụ:

Mrs. Hoa goes to work every morning.

Cô Hoa đi làm vào mỗi buổi sáng

Trong câu hiện tại đơn thường có các phó từchỉtần suất như: always(luôn luôn), usually(thường thường), sometimes (thỉnh thoảng), often(thường xuyên), every + thời gian (cứmỗi + khoảng thời gian),...

Ví dụ:

Jane always rides to school.

Jane luôn luôn đi xe đạp đi học

WH - QUESTIONS.

Khi đặt câu hỏi có chứa Wh-

word(từđểhỏi) như: Who, When, Where, Why, Which, How ta đặt chúng lên đầu câu. Tuy nhiên, khi trảlời cho dạng câu hỏi này, ta không dùng Yes/No mà cần đưa ra câu trảlời trực tiếp.

Cấu trúc:

Ví dụ:

Wh-word + am/is/are + S ?

- Who is he? - He is my brother.

(Anh ấy là ai? Anh ấy là anh trai tôi)

- Where are they? They are in the playground

(Họởđâu? - Họởtrong sân chơi)

2.

Wh-word + do/does + S + V?

Ví dụ:

What do you do? - I am a student.

(Bạn làm nghềgì? - Tôi là một học sinh)

Why does he cry? - Because he is sad.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

(Tại sao anh ấy khóc? - Bởi vì anh ấy buồn)

hiện tại tiếp diễn)

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
Present continuous (Thì a. Form
GRAMMAR

I + am + V-ing.

(+)

You, we, they + are + V-ing. He, she, it + is + V-ing.

(-) I am not + V-ing.

You, we, they + aren’t + V-ing. He, she, it + isn’t + V-ing.

(?) Am + I + V-ing?

Are + you, we, they + V-ing? Is + he, she, it + V-ing?

b. Usage

v Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn diễn tảmột hành động đang diễn ra tại thời điểm nói.

VD: My mother is cooking in the kitchen now. (Hiện tại mẹtôi đang nấu ăntrong bếp.)

❖ Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn diễn tảmột hành động hoặc sựviệc đang diễn ra xung quanh thời điểm nói.

VD: Linda is quite busy these days. She’s doing the English project for her school. (Linda is in a restaurant with her friend now.)

(Linda dạo này rất bận. Cô ấy đang làm dựán tiếng Anh cho trường của cô ấy.) (Hiện tại Linda đang ngồi trong nhà hàng với bạn cô ấy.)

v Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn có thểdiễn tảmột hành động sắp xảy ra trong tương lai gần (điều này đã được lên kếhoạch).

VD: He is going to Paris. (Anh ấy định đi Paris.)

v Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn diễn tảmột hành động thường xuyên xảy ra lặp đi lặp lại gây sự bực mình hay khó chịu cho người nói. Cách dùng này được dùngvới trạng từ “always, continually”.

VD: Tony is careless. He is always losing his keys. (Tom thì bất cẩn.Anh lấy luôn làm mất chìa khoá.)

c. Signals

Các trạng từhay gặp: now, at the present, at the moment, at this time (bây giờ, lúc này)

Các động từ: Look! (Nhìn kìa), Listen (Nghe này); Becareful!(Cẩn thận);Hurry up! (Nhanh lên)

d. How to add“ing” after verbs

v Thông thường nhất, ta thêm đuôi -ing vào sau các động từ.

readgreading go ggoing

v Khi động từkết thúc bằng “e”, ta bỏ“e” trước khi thêm “ing”. haveghaving make gmaking

❖ Khi động từkết thúc bằng “ee”, ta thêm ing mà không bỏ“e”. seegseeing agree gagreeing

❖ Khi động từkết thúc bằng “ie” ta đổi “ie”->“y” rồi thèm “ing”.

lieglying die gdying

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

❖ Khi âm tiết cuối của động từmang trọng âm và có chứa 1 nguyên âm + 1 phụâm, ta gấp đôi phụâm cuối rồi thêm “ing”.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

rungrunning permit gpermitting e. Note

Chúng ta không dùng thì hiện tại tiếp diễn với các động từthuộc vềnhận thức, tri giác hoặc sựsởhữu như: be, see, hear, understand, know, like, want, feel, smell, remember, forget,...Tasửdụng thì hiện tại đơn thay vì hiện tại tiếp diễn trong các trường hợp này.

Example

False: She is being happy.

Correct: She is happy.

WH - QUESTIONS.

Khi đặt câu hỏi có chứa Wh-word (từđểhỏi), ta đặt chúng ởvịtrí đầu câu và đưa ra câu trảlời trực tiếp.

Wh- word + am/ is/ are + S + V-ing?

Ví dụ:

- Who is she talking to?

- She is talking to her mother.

- What are you studying?

- I am studying English.

3. Verbs of liking + V-ing

Chúng ta sửdụng động từdạng V-ing đằng sau những động từchỉsựthích/ ghét sau.

Thích Ghét like hate love dislike enjoy

Ví dụ: He likes playing sports at recess. She hates working overtime.

4. Preposition of time and place.(Giới từchỉthời gian và nơi chốn)

a. Preposition of time – Giới từchỉthời gian

-Trước ngày, tháng, năm, mùa, thập niên, thập kỉ. Trước các buổi trong ngày (trừat night).

-Trước cụm từcốđịnh.

-in January: vào tháng 1

-in 2020: vào năm 2020

-in summer: vào mùa hè

Preposition Use Example In (vào thời điểm)

-in the 1990s vào những năm 1990

-in the morning/ afternoon/ evening: vào buổi sáng/ chiều/ tối

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

-in time: đúng lúc, kịp lúc

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

-in the end: cuối cùng

(vào ngày, thời gian)

-Trước các ngày trong tuần, ngày tháng, ngày tháng năm.

-Trước các ngày lễ.

-Trong các cụm từcố định.

-Trước thời gian trong ngày.

-Trước các dịp lễ.

-Trong một sốcụm từcố

định.

-on Monday: vào ngày thứ2

-on 15th March: vào ngày 15 tháng 3

-on 15th March 2020: vào ngày 15 tháng 3 năm 2020

-on Chrismas Day: vào ngày lễGiáng sinh

-on time: đúng giờ, chính xác

-at 9 o’clock: lúc 9 giờđúng

-at midnight: vào giữa đêm

-at Chrismas: vào dịp Giáng sinh

-at the same time: cùng lúc

-at the end of this year: cuối năm nay

-at the bieginning of this year: đầu năm nay

-at the moment/ at the present: ngay bây giờ

Before (trước khi)

-Trước các cụm từchỉ thời gian.

After (sau khi)

-Trước các cụm từchỉ

thời gian

b. Preposition of

In (ởtrong)

On

-before 10 am: trước 10 giờsáng

-before 2015: trước năm 2015

-before Chrismas: trước Giáng sinh

-after beakfast: sau bữa sáng

-after school: sau giờhọc

place- Giới từchỉnơi chốn

-Khoảng không gian lớn

như vũ trụ, thành phố, thị trấn, quốc gia.

-Khoảng không gian khép

kín như phòng tòa nhà, cái hộp.

-Vịtrí trên bềmặt có tiếp

-in space: trong vũ trụ

-in Hanoi city: ởHà Nội

-in Vietnam: ởViệt Nam

-in the ocean: trong đại dương

-in the room; trong phòng

-in the box; trong hộp

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

-on the floop: trên sân

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
On
At
(vào dịp, vào thờiđiểm)

(ởtrên) xúc.

-on the chair: trên ghế

-Trước tên đường.

-Phương tiện đi lại (trừ car, taxi).

-on Le Loi street: trên đường Lê Lợi

-on the train: trên tàu

-on the bus: trên xe buýt

-on the left/ right: bên trái/ phải

-Địa điểm cụthểkhông

gian nhỏhơn giới từ“in”.

-Trước sốnhà.

-Chỉnơi làm việc, học tập.

-Chỉnhững sựkiện, những bữa tiệc.

In front of (phía trước)

Behind (đằng sau)

Between (ởgiữa)

-Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

-Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

-Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

Next to/ beside (bên cạnh)

Near/ close to (gần đó)

across from/ opposite (đối diện với)

above/over ( ởtrên/ cao hơn)

-Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

-Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

- Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

-at the airport: ởsân bay

-at the shop: ởshop

-on the top of: trên đỉnh của At (ởtại)

-at 50 Tran Hung Dao: ởsố50 đường Trần Hưng Đạo

-at work/ school/ college/ university: ởchỗlàm/ trường/ cao đằng/ đại học

-at the party: tại buổi tiệc

-at the concert: tại buổi hòa nhạc

-I am standing in front of your house. (Tôi đang đứng trước nhà bạn.)

-The cat is behind the table. (con mèo ởđằng sau cái bàn.)

-The clock is between the picture and the calendar. (Đồng hồnằm giữa bức tranh và lịch.)

-My house is next to Lan’s house. (Nhà tôi bên cạnh nhà Lan.)

-I live near my school. (Tôi sống gần trường.)

- The restaurant is opposite the park. (Nhà hàng đối diện với công viên)

- Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

- There is a ceilling above my head. (Có một cái quạt trần ở phía trên đầu tôi)

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

under/ below (ởdưới/ thấp hơn)

- There is a dog under the table. (Có một con chó ởgầm bàn) inside (bên trong)

- Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

- Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

- Go inside if you feel hot. (Hãy vào trong nhà nếu bạn thấy nóng bức).

1.I ___________(not visit) my parents very often.

2.________(Mai/ go) to school every day?

No, she (go) _______to school from Monday to Friday.

3.The teachers at our school _____(give) us lots of homework.

4.My brother _____(play) tennis, but he _____(not like) it.

5.How often_______(they/ go) jogging?

6.We (not study) ________chemistry because it _________(be) difficult.

7._______(your parents/ watch) TV every night?

8.Mark’s class ________(do) sport on Monday and Wednesday.

9.Children often ______(use) a computer for school work.

10.Mike _______(usually/ not play) computer games during the week.

11. She (walk)___________ to school every morning.

12. They (learn) how to use the lawnmower in their free time.

13. Linda (go) to the supermarket to buy some sugar.

14. Sometimes I (feel) really lazy to do anything.

15. Phong and I (study) English in my room.

16. I often (have) breakfast at 7 am at home.

17. She (do)_________________ aerobics every morning to keep fit.

18. Nga (like) playing basketball very much.

19. What time you (have) lunch every day?

20. She (not have) any pen, so I lend her one.

21. They ______________ (play) football and basketball at school.

22.My father ______________ (read) the newspaper every morning.

23.We ______________ (have) English, Maths and Science on Monday.

24.She never ______________ (do) her homework.

25.I ______________ (go) swimming twice a week.

26.Cars ______________ (be) more expensive than motorbikes.

27.Jane always ______________ (have) breakfast at 6 o’clock.

28He usually ______________ (watch) TV after dinner.

29.London ______________ (be) a very big country.

30. I_____________ (be) a student and my parents ___________ (be) teachers.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
Task 1. Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple. Task 2. Circle the correct words:

1. Johny and Mandy (is/am/are) cleaning the kitchen

2. I (is/am/are) reading a book at the moment.

3. It (is/am/are) raining

4. We (is/am/are) singing a new song.

5. The children (is/am/are) watching TV at breaktime.

6. My pets (is/am/are) sleeping now.

7. Aunt Helen (is/am/are) feeding the ducks on the farm.

8. My friend (is/am/are) buying a pencil sharpener.

9. He (is/am/are) studying Science.

10. They (is/am/are) doing their homework.

1.They listen to musicevery day.

2.She plays badminton every afternoon.

3.We lovecarving wood at weekend.

4.He does homework every night.

5.Mary and Peter go fishing after school.

.

6.(+) We are working on the new show right now.

7.. (+)____________________________________

(-) I’m not talking on the phone at the moment.

8. (+)____________________________________ (-)____________________________________

(?) Is he running very fast?

9. (+) Julia is baking a chocolate cake at the moment.

.

.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL
(
(?)
-) .
.
(
(?)
-) .
.
(
(?)
-)
(?)
(-) .
(?)
(-) .
(
(?)____________________________________
-)____________________________________
(?)____________________________________
(-)____________________________________
Task 3. Write the sentences in negative (+) and interrogative (-) form.

(?) Are Tony and Kaity helping the teacher right now?

Task 4A.

It (0. be) isSunday evening and my friends and I (1. be) __________atJane’s birthday party. Jane (2. wear) ___________a beautiful long dress and (3. stand)

_____ next to her boyfriend. Some guests (4. drink) ______wine or beer in the corner of the room. Some of her relatives (5. dance) ______ in the middle of the room. Most people (6.sit) __________on chairs, (7. enjoy) ________ foods and (8. chat)

_______with one another. We often (9. go) ________ to our friends’ birthday parties. We always (10. dress) ________ well and (11. travel) _________by taxi. Parties never (12. make) ________us bored because we like.

Task 4B.

My best friend

My best friend is Hannah. She (1. live) next door to me. We (2. go) to the same school but we are in different classes.

I (3. walk) to school but Hannah (4. go) by bike, because she always (5. get up) late. After school we (6. finish) _____ our homework first, then we (7. listen) to our favourite music. I (8. like) R&B, but Hannah (9.hate) it. She (10. think) it’s boring. She (11. love) rock music.

1.Do you fancy _____________ out this evening?

2.I like _____________ tennis at the weekend.

3.Jim enjoys _____________ photos of himself and his friends.

4.Ann’s father doesn’t like _____________ ice hockey on TV.

5.My mother hates _____________, so we eat out every often.

6.Do you like _____________ pottery?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

7.She dislikes _____________ her room every day.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME (?)____________________________________ 10. (+)____________________________________ (-)____________________________________
tidy fly take watchcookmake
wait read play go Task 5. Complete the sentences, using the -ing form of the verbs in the box.
Task 4. Read the text then give the correct form of verb.

8.My nieceloves _____________ adventure books.

9.I can’t stand _____________ for buses in the rain.

10.They detest _____________, so they usually travel by train or coach.

1.Her next birthday will be _______ Monday. A.in

on

at

2. My family must leave ________ a few minutes.

3. We’re getting married ________ three month’s time.

4. He often eats bread _______ lunch.

5.It arrives_________ New York at ten o’clock.

6. Kim usually works _______ the weekend.

7. The 12.00 train left _______ time.

8. Nam want to get home ______ time to see my parents.

9. Do you go to school _____ Sundays?

10. Phong’s not home ______ present.

11. Wind couldn’t decide where to go for his birthday. ______ the end, he decided to go to Korea. A.with B.on

12. His father was born _____ 1963.

13. Mr.Jun will meet me at the restaurant _______ 8 o’clock.

14. Lin’s grandmother is _______ hospital.

15. Hoa works _____ PCC.

1. He stayed ______ Viet Nam for many years so he loved VietNamese food very much.

2. Were there many people __________ your party?

3. His mother passed away ________ 2021 ______ the age of 61 due to the covid 19.

4. You must not smoke ___________ no smoking area.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

5. My class is __________ the fifth floor of TH school.

6. I last saw him __________ Paris _____ his mother’s house ________ 31th May

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
C.
D.
B.
by
A.in B.at C.on D.since
A.on B.at C.for D.in
B.by C.in D.at
A.on
A.at B.in C.near D.on
A.on B.at C.for D.above
A.on B.in C.for D.near
A.on B.at C.for D.in
A.on B.in C.by D.with
A.on B.at C.near D.in
C.at D.in
A.on B.at C.in D.among
A.on B.at C.for D.in
B.at C.for D.in
A.on
B.at C.for D.in
A.on
Task 5. Choose the best option to fill in the blank. Task 6. Fil in the blanks with correct prepositions.

2020.

7. I looked at the bookshelf and found my favourite book __________ the top shelf.

8. My house is _________ a bookstore and a supermarket.

9. John is the boy standing ____________ Elene.

10. There is a map________ the wall __________ the teacher desk.

11. Allstudent are waiting___________ the school gate.

12. Your bag is _________ table in my room.

13. Oh dear. I saw your cat _________ the sofa.

14. The lesson starts __________ 7:30 and ends _________ 11:30.

15. The car is not in the garage. It is __________ the house.

Task 7: There is one mistake in each sentence. Underline and correct the mistake.

Sentences

1. Nam is my classmates. He watches TV every night.

2.I think collecting stamps are interesting.

3.My dad cooks very good. He loves preparing meals for our family.

4.I enjoy to ride my bike to school.

5.We usually go in a small lake out of the city at weekends.

6.Do you still play football next year?

7.We like doing fishing because it is relaxing.

8.Do you think bird-watching interesting?

9. I think playing volleyball interest because it is a team game

10. In my opinion, more people played monopoly in the future.

Correction

Task 8: Choose the underlined word or phrase (marked A, B, C or D) in each sentencethat needs correcting.

1. The children areplaying boardinggames, andtheir mother is arrangingflowers. A B C D

2. Oneof his father's favourite hobbiesis playinghorse-riding, and he just practises it A B C twice a month.

3. He startedlearning how toplay theguitar onhis elder brother. A B C D

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

4.Your favourite football match will beginat 3 p.m., soyou should arrivethere

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
D

A B C

soon to geta good seat.

5. He loves to listento classicalmusic, buthe spendsa little time doingit.

A B C D

6. What does he likedoin his free time?

A B C D

7. Areyour parents playcomputer gamesnow? A B C D

8. My brother isgood inskateboardingand rock climbing. A B C D

9. Tom usually playsbadminton withhis fatherinSunday. A B C D

10. My mom and I usually goingshoppingatthe clothes store. A B C D

Task 1: Listen and fill in the blanks:

LISTENING

1. After school Anniegoes ------------to do her model making.

2. She started her model making about --------------.

3. She needs about 2 weeks to make .

4. She has about --------------- models now.

5. Last term she tries to start a club for model making at school but the teachers and other students in it.

Task 2: Listen to the passage and decided if the statements are True (T) or False (F)

1. Annie make models when she stays at school.

2. She has made her models for about 1year.

3. It takes her 2weeks to make 2models.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL
D

4. She will need another shelf for her models soon.

5. Annie tried to start a club for model making and the teachers and other children were interested in it very much.

1. What are your hobbies?

2. How long have you had a hobby?

1._ a. I started my hobby five years ago.

2._ b. I spend two hours a day on my hobby.

3. Is your hobby safe or dangerous? 3._ c. I enjoy my hobby it’s good for my study.

4. Do you spend money on your hobby? 4._ d. I like watching cartoon in my free time.

5. How many hours a day do you spend on your hobby?

6. What else do you do in your free time?

5._ e. It is safe, but I have to be careful not to break the stamps.

6._ f. Yes. I spend money on buying stamps.

7. Do your hobbies impact your study?? g. No. I just do it in my free time.

8. Do you want to try any new hobbies? 8._ h. My favourite hobby is collecting stamp.

1.What are your hobbies?

2.When did you start your hobby?

3.Is your hobby safe or dangerous?

4.Do you spend much time on your hobby?

5.Who do you do your hobbies with?

6.Are your hobbies good for your study?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
SPEAKING
Task 1. Match the questions and answers. Then practice. Task 2. Talk about your hobby.

Task

MIKE’S HOBBIES AND INTERESTS

Mike likes to spend most of his free time at home. He is tired after work, and usually relaxes in front of the TV for an hour. Sometimes, instead of watching TV, he reads news on the Internet, and about once a week, he sends an email to his family in Vietnam.Mike is also very musical. He enjoys playing the piano and the drums, but his favorite musical instrument to play is the guitar. He plays the guitar in a band. They usually practice at weekends, at his friend Paul’s house. In the past, they practiced in Paul’s house but his neighborsaid that they were so noisy. Now they are practicing it in the garden.

1. Where does Mike like to spend his free time?

2.Does Mike like watching TV?

3.What instrument does Mike play? ................................

4.When does Mike practice playing the guitar?

5.Why are they not practicing in Paul’s house?

6.Where are they practicing itnow?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

If you enjoy cycling for pleasure, doing it in London can be a shock. There are not enough lanes especially for bikes, and making your way through the traffic can be very risky. But if you have great passion, cycling in London can be exciting, and it is an

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
................................
................................
................................
READING
2. Read the text and choose the correct answer. Task 1. Read and answer the questions:

inexpensive way of keeping fit if you live there. Some cyclists don’t mind spending a lot of money on expensive bikes. However, if you just want a basic bike that is only for occasional use, there are many cheap choices. Several markets have cheap bikes on sale which may not be impressive to look at but should be satisfactory. You should buy a cycling helmet if you want to cycle in London. Wearing a cycling helmet is not compulsory in Britain, but it is a good idea to wear one for protection.

1. What is the main idea of the passage?

A. Cycling helmets B. Cheap bicycles

C. Bicycle markets D. Cycling in London

2. According to the passage, cycling in London is

A. easy B. difficult C. tiring D. boring

3. The word “it” in line 3 refers to

A. cycling B. passion C. excitement D. doing exercise

4. The difficulty of cycling in London is described in lines

A. 2 B. 5 C. 5-6 D. 8-9

5. According to the passage, all the followings are true EXCEPT that

A. It is compulsory to wear a helmet when cycling in Britain.

B. Some bikes in London are cheap.

C. There are not many lanes especially for bikes.

D. Some cyclists don’t want to buy expensive bikes.

Task 3. Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in the list.

kinds classify books near name collection clean immediately

Collecting (1) ____________ is my favourite hobby. I started my hobby five years ago. Thefirst item in my (2) ____________ is a book about Doraemon. And now I have a lot of books of all (3) ____________ comics, children’s, history, science, detective, adventure, etc.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Whenever I find an interesting book I buy it (4) ____________. I usually buy books in the bookstores (5) ____________ my school and my house. Sometimes my relatives

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

and my friends give me books as a gift. I (6) ____________ my books into different categories and put each category in one corner of my bookshelf with a (7) ____________ tag on it. It takes all my free time to keep everything (8) ____________ and dusted. It keeps me amused for hours, too.

Task 4. Choose the most suitable word for each space.

What do you like doing best (1) your spare time? My cousin Paul likes going (2) in the country and (3) photos. Sometimes he (4) with his friends, and they (5) at the park or at the beach. They always (6) a good time. His brother Chris isn’t (7) on walking. He spends most of the (8) at home.

1.A. for B. when

2.A. for walks B. walks

3.A. making B. having

4.A. travels B. gets up

go 6.A. have B. make

5.A. enjoy B. have fun

like 7.A. interested B. out

other B. time

Task 1. Complete the sentences using the words given:

Ex: Tuan/not/like/cook.

…. Tuan doesn’t like cooking………………

1.My brother/ like/ play/ table tennis.

2.Minh/ hate/ eat/ apples. ......................................................................................................................

3.Ha/ dislike/ play/ the piano. ......................................................................................................................

4.My parents/ really love/ garden. ......................................................................................................................

5.I/ not/ fancy/ eat/ noodles. ......................................................................................................................

6.My dad/ like/ watch/ Korean films. ......................................................................................................................

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

7.My mum/ love/ ride/ her bike to work. …………………………………………………………………………….

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
C.
D.
in
at
C.
D.
a walk
to walk
C.
D.
taking
doing
C.
D.
sees
goes out
C.
D.
C.
D.
C. decided D.
C. people D. money
hobby
do
keen 8.A.
WRITING

8.I/ enjoy/ talk/ to my friends in my free time. ......................................................................................................................

9. My brother and I/ a really interested /watching bird/ ………………………………………………………………………………..

10. Linh/ like/ collect stamps/ all countries in the world/

1.What is your hobby?

→What hobby

2.Weall find painting interesting because it’s a creative activity.

→We all think

3.His hobby is collecting toy cars.

→He collects

4.It isn’t necessary to finish the work today.

→You don’t

5.My father likes to do gardening at the weekend.

→My father enjoys

6.Why don’t we go swimming this afternoon?

→ What about

Name Lien

Hobby: doing the gardening

Started: 11 years old

Person who shares the hobby with: her brother

Activities: plant and water trees, vegetables and flowers

Feelings about the hobby: fun and useful

Future: will continue the hobby

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
Task 3. Read the information in the box and write about her hobby.
……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………
Task 2. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one.

TEST FOR UNIT N.1

I. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR.

Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each of the following sentences. (13 points)

Question 1. Shopping..........a mall can be great fun. Would you like to join us?

A. with B. at C. to Question 2. As a teenager, John enjoys going.........fun rides in amusement parks.

A. on B. to C. for Question 3. My little sister doesn't like crowds,....she never goes to the supermarket at weekends.

A. because B. therefore C. so Question 4. Jack thinks that collecting stamps is....and he prefers activities with his peers.

A. amusing B. boring C. fun

Question 5. Teenagers are advised to.......some sports in their free time.

A. go B. have C. do

Question 6. Jack generally.......little TV.

A. watches B. is watching C. to watch

Question 7. The children are all looking forward....to the circus this weekend

A. to go B. going C. to going Question 8. We........for the coming exam. We can't talk now.

A. revise B. are revising C. have revised

Question 9. Peter enjoys.....foreign stamps and reading about them.

A. designing B. collecting C. playing

Question 10. Jack is now learning to …………..the piano.

A. perform B. sing C. play

Question 11. A busy doctor has very little ……….. time. He works almost all day.

A. free B. happy C. available

Question 12. What does the sign say? Choose the best option.

A. Please do not play your music here.

B. Please do not sell any instruments here.

C. Please do not talk about singers here.

Question 13. What does the sign say? Choose the best option.

A. You cannot eat but you can drink here.

B. You can eat but you cannot drink here.

C. You cannot eat or drink here.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

II. WORD FORMATION

Supply the correct formsof the given words.

1. The children are playing ………………… in the garden now. (NOISE)

2. Sports help …………………. children different moral values. (EDUCATION)

3. Jack has avery impressive coin ………………….which he proudly shows to his classmates. (COLLECT)

4. Basketball ………………….will find our new trainers comfortable and efficient. (PLAY)

5. The ………………….shopping mall has put off various shoppers at weekends. (CROWD)

READING

1. Read the following passage and decide whether each of the statements 1 -5 is TRUE or FALSE. (5 points)

Recent studies show that more and more teenagers are turning to screen-based activities for relaxation. Almost every teenager watches TV. Many of them surf the web. They join social networking and play video games. Unlike outdoor activities, more screen time harms children. It makes their eyesight weaker. It does not improve their social skills. A child often prefers TV or computer games to physical exercise. They don't want to meet friends, either. Experts warn people of these harms, but parents do little to help their children.

1. There has been an increase in the number of teenagers enjoying media use. ……… …

2. More teenagers browse the web in their free time. ……… …

3. Continuous media use betters teenagers' social skills. ……… …

4. Experts have encouraged media use as relaxation among teenagers. ……… …

5. Experts, the government, and parents cooperate to minimize the risks of screening time among children. ………

2. Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each numbered blank in the passage. (10 points)

Skateboarding (6) _______ back to the 1940s and 1950s in California as a replacement to surfing waves in unfavorable weather conditions. The (7) _______ of the first skateboard was unknown. However, one thing was known for sure. The first skateboard was made from wooden boxes or boards with roller wheels on the bottom. Skateboarding reached its (8) _______ in the early 1960s. Then it lost its attraction towards the end of the decade. Numerous improvements have been made to skateboards (9) _______ safety reasons. Millions of teenagers (10) _______around the world now. 6. A. dates

starts

A. inventor

depth

C. originates

C. customer

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

C. height

because

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
B.
7.
B.
discoverer
8.
B.
A. width
9.
A. by B. for C.

10. A. have skateboarded B. are skateboarding C. skateboarded

3. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word. (10 points)

Athletic teenagers spend most of their free time playing sports. Some choose (11) _______ sports such as soccer, basketball, or volleyball. Others (12) _______ keen on individual ones like swimming or cycling. For these sportive children, the best free time means practicing their favorite sports in clubs or with partners. As a leisure (13) _______, sports benefit these children in a couple of ways. Regular sports players are fitter, and they are taller (14) _______ those who don't play sports. Besides, they are more confident and competitive. When a teenager loves a sport, he can't stop (15) _______ it.

WRITING

1. Rearrange the given phrases to make a complete sentence. (10 points)

1. in their free time./do/that/should/teenagers/sports/l believe/a lot of

2. almost anywhere./the most popular/because it/soccer/can easily/is considered/team sport/be played

3. and the national one./are rushing/thousands of people/watch/between the city's team/to the stadium/the match/in order to

4. their favorite activities/are chatting/my students/in their free time./about

5. either/or/Mom said/could/stay home/that/go to the concert/playing video games./we

2. Rewrite the following sentences with the given words and/or beginnings in such a way that the meanings stay unchanged. (10 points)

6. Would you like to decorate your room on your own? (WANT)

Do ………………………………………………………………………..yourself?

7. During dinner, she never watches TV.

While……………………………………………………………………..

8. Jack likes painting portraits. (KEEN)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

9. Both John and Mary enjoy team sports. (SO)

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
……………………………………………………………………..

John enjoys ……………………………………………………………………..

10. How about cycling to the country this weekend? (CYCLING)

Let's ……………………………………………………………………..

LISTENING

Task 1. Listen and decide whether each of the following statements is TRUE or FALSE. (10 points)

1. Jack missed the stamp club meeting last week.

2. Mary spent two days at the park. ………….

3. Mary liked the roller coaster. …………

4. It rained a lot, so Mary had to play indoors in the afternoon. …………

5. Jack liked the idea of a trip to the park with the whole class. …………

Task 2. Listen again and complete the summary below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE words in each blank. (10 points)

Mary's family spent (6) _______________ at an amusement park to celebrate her brother's (7) _______________.

Mary had a great time there. She enjoyed a fun ride, a (8) _______________ a monorail tour and the (9) _______________ playground. Mary suggested organizing a picnic day at an amusement park with her (10) _______________. She really wanted to ride the pumper cars with them.

SPEAKING:

Fill in each blank with an appropriate response from the list. There is ONE EXTRA response. (10 points)

a. Grandma will be very happy. I love your plan.

b. I don't feel like going to Vung Tau Beach. I think it will be too sunny.

c. Why don't we take the bus there and spend two days with them?

d. We should not tell our mom and dad about this plan.

e. There's something wrong with my bike, but I can't repair it by myself.

f. We're having a long weekend ahead. What shall we do?

John: (1) ……………..

Mary: Let's go for a picnic in the countryside. We could either go to Vung Tau Beach or cycle to our grandparents'.

John: (2) ……………..

Mary: How about cycling to our grandparents'?

It's good exercise, too.

John: (3) ……………..

Mary: I want to visit our grandparents and do some gardening with them.

John: (4) ……………..

Mary: That sounds great! I'll buy them some groceries and new books.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

John: (5) ……………..

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

PART 1: PHONETICS

TEST FOR UNIT N.2

Exercise 1: Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group.

1. A. sports B. games

2. A. vlogs B. soccer

3. A. online B.bowling

4. A. skate b. bake

5. A. alley B. hobby

stickers

sport

sticker

sky

comics

model

ice rink

market

gym

Exercise 2: Choose the word whose main stressed syllable is placed differently from that of the other in each group.

6. A. collect B. model

7. A. hobby B. sticker

8. A. badminton B. equipment

9. A. safety B. climbing

10.A. dangerous B. exciting

PART 2: VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

machine

boring

comic

online

theater

surfling

amazing

I. Choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best completes each of the following sentences.

11. My mother likes cooking, so she often ___________in her free time.

A. plays online games B. bakes cakes C. makes vlogs D. collect stickers

12. Let’s go to the__________________. I would like to watch a film.

A. amusement park B. megacity C. theater D. fair

13. What are you doing ________________?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

A. tonight B. yesterday C. every day D. twice a week

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME ***End – Of – TestN.1***
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.game D.
C.
D.
C.center D.
C.
D.
soccer
C.
D.
skateboarding
C.
D.
C.
D.

14. We are ______________in front of the park tonight.

A. meets B. meet C. is meet D. meeting

15. We enjoy _______________in the ice rink

A. running B. skating C. buying D. going

16. ____________Linda often_________ to the water park in summer?

A. Does- go B. Do-go C. Do-goes D. Does-goes

17. My little sister is sometimes interested in ________________crafts at thefair.

A. going B. buying C. making D. taking

18. _________________are dangerous sports.

A. Yoga B. playing badminton C. swimming D. extreme sports

19. My team ______________ football this evening.

A. are playing B. play C. is play D. plays

20. My school____________________ safety equipment to the students when we have a trip.

A. takes B. does C. provides D. makes

II. Give the correct form of the verbs to complete the sentences.

21. My brother _________________making vlogs in his free time (like)

22. Would you like____________ a film with us? (watch)

23. We ______________our grandparents next week. (visit)

24. They ______________soccer stickers because they don’t like sports. (not collect)

25.My hobby_________________ playing online games. (be)

26.My father is interested in ____________________tothe theater to watch comedy. (go)

27.What________ you often ________in your free time? (do)

28.Where ___________we_____________this summer? (travel)

29.I______________maths next Sunday because I am studing English. (study)

30.She wants _________________acake for her son’s birthday. (bake)

PART 3: READING

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

III. Choose the most suitable word for each space. What do you like doing best (1) your spare time? My cousin Paul likes going (2) in the country and (3) photos. Sometimes he (4) with

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

his friends, and they (5) at the park or at the beach. They always (6) a good time. His brother Chris isn’t (7) on walking. He spends most of the (8) at home.

31.A. for B. when C. in D. at

32 A. for walks B. walks C. a walk D. to walk

33. A. making B. having C. taking D. doing

34. A. travels B. gets up C. sees

. goes out

35.A. enjoy B. have fun C. hobby D. go

36.A. have B. make C. do

37. A. interested B. out C. decided

38. A. other B. time

. people

like

. keen

. money

IV. Read the article and decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). After school Anniegoes home to do her model-making. She loves making models. She started about a year ago. She needs about two weeks to make a model. Then she puts it on the shelf in her bedroom. She has about twenty models now. She thinks she will need to get another shelf soon. Last term she tried to start a club for model-making at school but the teachers and other children weren’t interested. She thinks she has a lot of fun anyway.

PART 4: WRITING

Reorder

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
D
D.
D
C
D
True False
. Anniemakes models when she stays at school. o o
. She has made her models for about one year. o o
It takes her two weeks to make two models. o o
She
shelf for her models soon. o o
o o
39
40
41.
42.
will need another
43. Annietried to start a club for model making and the teachers and other children were interested in it very much.
44.
the words to make a correct sentence.
She/like/collect/soccer stickers/. 45. What/do/you/free time/your/?/ 46. tomorrow/what time/we/meet/?/ 47. The fair/open/10 a.m

Complete each of the following sentences using the cues given 48. Lucy/ usually/ play/ badminton/ her friends.

49. My/ best friend/ hobby/ make/ paper dolls.

50. My/ brother/ teach/ me/ how/ make/ model planes/ two/ year/ ago. ***End – Of – TestN.2***

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

VOCABULARY

ENGLISH TYPE

PRONUNCIATION

VIETNAMESE

arrange flowers v /əˈreɪnʤˈflaʊə(r)z/ cắm hoa

v /kəˈlɛkt/ sưu tầm buildmodels v /mɒdlz/ mô hình make vlogs v /meɪk vlog/ làm video bird-watching n /bɜːd-ˈwɒʧɪŋ/ ngắm chim board game n /bɔːdgeɪm/ trò chơi dạng bảng collage

/ˈkɒlɑːʒ/ nghệthuật cắt dán ảnh cycling

/ˈsaɪklɪŋ/ sựđi xe đạp eggshell n /ˈegʃel/ vỏtrứng gardening

hoạt động làm vườn gymnastics

/ʤɪmˈnæstɪks/ môn thểdục dụng cụ

horse-riding n /hɔːs-ˈraɪdɪŋ/ hoạt động cưỡi ngựa

ice-skating n /aɪs ˈskeɪtɪŋ/ hoạt động trượt băng mountain climbing n /ˈmaʊntənˈklaɪmɪŋ/ hoạt động leo núi (play)online game n /ˈɔnˌlaɪn geɪm/ chơi trò chơi trực tuyến (read)comics n /ˈkɑmɪk/ đọc truyện tranh

skating n /ˈskeɪtɪŋ/ hoạt động trượt pa tanh surfing the Internet n /ˈsɜːfɪŋðiˈɪntənet/ hoạt động truy cập internet

unusual adj /ʌnˈjuːʒʊəl/ bất thường

bake v /beɪk/ nướng, nung collect v /kəˈlɛkt/ sưu tập, thu thập

comic n /ˈkɑmɪk/ truyện tranh

game n /geɪm/ trò chơi

model n /ˈmɑdəl/ mô hình online a /ˈɔnˌlaɪn/ trực tuyến

soccer n

sticker n

/ˈsɑkər/ môn bóng đá

/ˈstɪkər/ nhãn dán

vlog n /vlog/ nhật ký vềcuộcsống, công việc dưới dạng video

bowling alley (n) n /ˈboʊlɪŋ ˈæli/ khu trò chơi bowling

fair (n) n /fɛr/ hội chợvui chơi giải trí, chợ phiên

ice rink n /aɪs rɪŋk/ sân trượt băng

market n /ˈmɑrkət/ chợ

sports center n /spɔrts ˈsɛntər/ trung tâm thểthao

theater n /ˈθiətər/ nhà hát

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

water park n /ˈwɔtər pɑrk/ công viên nước

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
collect
n
n
n /ˈgɑːdnɪŋ/
n

availability n /əˌveɪləˈbɪləti/ Khảnăng và thời gian để làm việc gì

extreme sport n

/ɛkˈstrim spɔrt/ thếthao mạo hiểm

invitation n /ˌɪnvɪˈteɪʃən/ sựmời gọi, lời mời

rock climbing n

safety equipment n

skateboarding n

surfing n

zorbing n

/rɑk ˈklaɪmɪŋ/ trò leo núi đá (hoặc leo tường có gắn đá)

/ˈseɪfti ɪˈkwɪpmənt/ thiết bịan toàn

/ˈskeɪtˌbɔrdɪŋ/ trò trượt ván

/ˈsɜrfɪŋ/ trò lướt sóng

/ˈzɔːrbɪŋ/ trò lăn xuống dốc hoặc lăn

trên mặt nước trong một quảcầu nhựa trong suốt

mountain climbingbird-watching playing board games read comics

collecting soccer stickers zorbing

skateboarding rock climbing

make vlogs bake cakes build models gardening

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
Task 1. Look at the pictures and complete the blanks. 1 make vlogs 2 mountain climbing 3 bird-watching 4 build models 5playing board 6 collecting soccer stickers 7 bake cakes 8 rock climbing

9.zorbing 10 read comics 11 skateboarding 12 gardening

Task 2. Use the given words to complete the sentences.

1. She usually goes _fishing_ with her brother in the pool near her school.

2.Sarah likes gardening _________. She plants lots of flowers and vegetables in her home garden.

3. I enjoy listening to music and it becomes my pleasure.

4. I have recently started a new hobby – collecting dolls ____________.

5.Most people like taking __ photos___________ and post them on their social networking accounts.

6.In later years, he took up __ painting ___________ as a hobby. He drew water color landscapes.

7. Many people think that ___ horse-riding ____________is very dangerous.

8. Duong says he loves__ carving wood __________ but he won’t continue this hobby from next year.

9. He is interested in_ mountain-climbing _______. It’s his favorite hobby.

10. My younger sister likes collecting_ stamps ___________. Now she has more than 50.

Task 3. Choose the best options to complete the following sentences.

1.My mother loves flowers so I often ...................... some in the living room.

A. hate B. arrange C. burn D. catch

2....................... is a popular hobby of the people living around this forest.

A. Collecting dolls B. Bird-watching

C. Ice-skating D. Surfing

3.He can’t ...................... because he is scared of heights.

A. make pottery B. go camping

C. go mountain climbing D. make models

4.My father is doing the ...................... and my mother is cooking.

A. gardening B. horse-riding C skating D. monopoly

5.You should ...................... gymnastics regularly to have good health.

A. do B. go C. watch D. play

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

6.A lot of people enjoy ...................... things such as dolls, stamps or bottles.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

A. making B. arranging C. doing D. collecting

7.It takes me a lot of time to make a ......................

A. collage B. cycling C. eggshell D. Monopoly

8.You shouldn’t go ...................... if you can’t swim.

A. skating B. board game C. gallery D. surfing

9.Can you ride a horse? - Of course. It’s a piece of ......................

A. cake B. horse C. collage D. art

10.He’s a great artist. He can ...................... in both ......................

A. plant ‒ stone and wood B. carved ‒ eggshell

C. carve ‒ wood and eggshells D. plant ‒ wood and eggshells

11.I love this song because its ...................... is very sweet and romantic.

A. melody B. monopoly C. challenging D. unique

12.Be careful, please! Allof things in this box are very......................

A .gallery B. collage C. carved D. fragile

13.A lot of girls love holding their weddings ......................

A. challenging B. outdoors C. in board games D. unusual

14.Lan doesn’t like ...................... sports such as surfing or mountain climbing.

A. fragile B. indoors C. challenging D. carved

15.Be careful. Don’t ...................... yourself.

Task 4. Complete the phrase with a gerundandPut the phrases under the correct pictures

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

A. hurt B. plant C. hate D. catch walking hanging listening collecting playing watching arranging. playing going going

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
1. ...... arranging........ flowers 6. ..... walking........ the dog 2. ......... collecting............ dolls 7. ... listening.......... the music 3. ..... going........ mountainclimbing 8. ... going......... shopping 4. ... playing.......... the piano 9. ....... watching....... television 5. .... hanging........ out with friends 10. ... playing.... board games listening the music.............. hanging
out with friends arranging flowers going shopping

... playing.... board games collecting............ dolls watching....... television walking........ the dog

Task 5. Give the correct form of the word given to complete the sentences.

1. My uncle usually takes a lot of _. beautiful ______ photos. (BEAUTY)

2. I think collecting old bowls is a very _ boring ______ hobby. (BORE)

3. You can use carved eggshells as _ decorations ________ in your house. (DECORATE)

4. I like reading books because it __ widens ________ my knowledge. (WIDE)

5. Model making is a _ wonderful ___________ ways of spending time. (WONDER)

6. Reading books can also develop our imagination (IMAGINE)

7. That girl can use leavesto make _ musical ___________ sounds. (MUSIC)

8. You should choose a hobby because it will give you _ pleasure ______and help you relax (PLEASE)

9. Nick’s hobby is collecting stamps. He is a stamp _ collection (COLLECT)

10. Hoa is very _ creative ________and she paints very well. (CREATE)

11. Tom and his close friend are playing with his colourful train toys__ enjoyably (ENJOY)

12. He thinks his brother has an _ unusual ___ hobby - carving shells. It's quite strange to him. (USUAL)

13. It's_ amazing ___ that he carves beautiful faces into small (AMAZE)

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

woods.

14. My mother hangs her beautiful pictures on the wall as home_ decorations _____.

(DECORATE)

15. Staying at home is the most.__ boring __________way of relaxation. (BORE)

1. Present simple

(+) I, you, we, they + V-inf

He, she, it + Vs/es

(-) I, you, we, they + don’t + V-inf

He, she, it + doesn’t + V-inf

(?) Do + I, you, we, they + V-inf?

Does + he, she, it + V-inf?

Ví dụ:

I go toschool. She goes to work.

Tôi đi học Chịấy đi làm

I don’t go to school. She doesn’t go to work.

Tôi không đi học Chịấy không đi làm

Do you go to school? Does she go to work?

Cậu đi học phải không? Chịấy đi làm phải không?

Thì hiện tại đơn dùng đểdiễn đạt một hành động mang tính thường xuyên, thói quen, hoặc hành động lặp đi lặp lại có tính quy luật.

Ví dụ: Mrs. Hoa goes to work every morning.

Cô Hoa đi làm vào mỗi buổi sáng

Trong câu hiện tại đơn thường có các phó từchỉtần suất như: always(luôn luôn), usually(thường thường), sometimes (thỉnh thoảng), often(thường xuyên), every + thời gian (cứmỗi + khoảng thời gian),...

Ví dụ:

Jane always rides to school.

Jane luôn luôn đi xe đạp đi học

2. Present continuous (Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn)

a. Form

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

(+) I + am + V-ing. You, we, they + are + V-ing. He, she, it + is + V-ing.

(-) I am not + V-ing.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
GRAMMAR

You, we, they + aren’t + V-ing. He, she, it + isn’t + V-ing.

(?) Am + I + V-ing? Are + you, we, they + V-ing? Is + he, she, it + V-ing?

b. Usage

v Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn diễn tảmột hành động đang diễn ra tại thời điểm nói.

VD: My mother is cooking in the kitchen now. (Hiện tại mẹtôi đang nấu ăntrong bếp.)

❖ Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn diễn tảmột hành động hoặc sựviệc đang diễn ra xung quanh

thời điểm nói.

VD: Linda is quite busy these days. She’s doing the English project for her school. (Linda is in a restaurant with her friend now.)

(Linda dạo này rất bận. Cô ấy đang làm dựán tiếng Anh cho trường của cô ấy.) (Hiện tại Linda đang ngồi trong nhà hàng với bạn cô ấy.)

v Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn có thểdiễn tảmột hành động sắp xảy ra trong tương lai gần (điều này đã được lên kếhoạch).

VD: He is going to Paris. (Anh ấy định đi Paris.)

v Thì hiện tại tiếp diễn diễn tảmột hành động thường xuyên xảy ra lặp đilặp lại gây sự bực mình hay khó chịu cho người nói. Cách dùng này được dùng với trạng từ “always, continually”.

VD: Tony is careless. He is always losing his keys. (Tom thì bất cẩn.Anh lấy luôn làm mất chìa khoá.)

c. Signals

Các trạng từhay gặp: now, at the present, at the moment, at this time (bây giờ, lúc này)

Các động từ: Look! (Nhìn kìa), Listen (Nghe này); Becareful!(Cẩn thận);Hurry up! (Nhanh lên)

d. How to add“ing” after verbs

v Thông thường nhất, ta thêm đuôi -ing vào sau các động từ.

readgreading go ggoing

v Khi động từkết thúc bằng “e”, ta bỏ“e” trước khi thêm “ing”.

haveghaving make gmaking

❖ Khi động từkết thúc bằng “ee”, ta thêm ing mà không bỏ“e”. seegseeing agree gagreeing

❖ Khi động từkết thúc bằng “ie” ta đổi “ie”->“y” rồi thèm“ing”. lieglying die gdying

❖ Khi âm tiết cuối của động từmang trọng âm và có chứa 1 nguyên âm + 1 phụâm, ta gấp đôi phụâm cuối rồi thêm “ing”.

rungrunning permit gpermitting

e. Note

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Chúng ta không dùng thì hiện tại tiếp diễn với các động từthuộc vềnhận thức, tri giác hoặc sựsởhữu như: be, see, hear, understand, know, like, want, feel, smell, remember,

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

forget,...Tasửdụng thì hiện tại đơn thay vì hiện tại tiếp diễn trong các trường hợp này.

Example

False: She is being happy. Correct: She is happy.

3. Verbs of liking + V-ing Chúng ta sửdụng động từdạng V-ing đằng sau những động từchỉsựthích/ ghét sau

Ví dụ:

He likes playing sports at recess. She hates working overtime.

4. Preposition oftime and place.(Giới từchỉthời gian và nơi chốn)

a. Preposition of time – Giới từchỉthời gian

Preposition Use Example

-Trước ngày, tháng, năm, mùa, thập niên, thập kỉ.

In (vào thời điểm)

Trước các buổi trong ngày (trừat night).

-Trước cụm từcốđịnh.

-in January: vào tháng 1

-in 2020: vào năm 2020

-in summer: vào mùa hè

-in the 1990s vào những năm 1990

-in the morning/ afternoon/ evening: vào buổi sáng/ chiều/ tối

-in time: đúng lúc, kịp lúc

-Trước các ngày trong tuần, ngày tháng, ngày tháng năm.

-Trước các ngày lễ.

-Trong các cụm từcố định.

-Trước thời gian trong ngày.

-on Monday: vào ngày thứ2

-on 15th March: vào ngày 15 tháng 3

-on 15th March 2020: vào ngày 15

tháng 3 năm 2020

-in the end: cuối cùng On (vào ngày, thời gian)

-on Chrismas Day: vào ngày lễGiáng sinh

-on time: đúng giờ, chính xác

-at 9 o’clock: lúc 9 giờđúng

-at midnight: vào giữa đêm

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
Thích Ghét like hate love dislike enjoy

At (vào dịp, vào thời điểm)

-Trước các dịp lễ.

-at Chrismas: vào dịp Giáng sinh

-Trong một sốcụm từcố

định.

-at the same time: cùng lúc

-at the end of this year: cuối năm nay

-at the bieginning of this year: đầu

năm nay

-at the moment/ at the present: ngay bây giờ

Before (trước khi)

-Trước các cụm từchỉ thời gian.

After (sau khi)

-Trước các cụm từchỉ thời gian

-before 10 am: trước 10 giờsáng

-before 2015: trước năm 2015

-before Chrismas: trước Giáng sinh

-after beakfast: sau bữa sáng

-after school: sau giờhọc

b. Preposition of place- Giới từchỉnơi chốn

-Khoảng không gian lớn

-in space: trong vũ trụ

In (ởtrong)

như vũ trụ, thành phố, thị trấn,quốc gia.

-Khoảng không gian khép

kín như phòng tòa nhà, cái hộp.

-in Hanoi city: ởHà Nội

-in Vietnam: ởViệt Nam

-in the ocean: trong đại dương

-in the room; trong phòng

-Vịtrí trên bềmặt cótiếp xúc.

-Trước tên đường.

-Phương tiện đi lại (trừ car, taxi).

-on the floop: trên sân

-on the chair: trên ghế

-in the box; trong hộp On (ởtrên)

-on Le Loi street: trên đường Lê Lợi

-on the train: trên tàu

-on the bus: trên xe buýt

-on the left/ right: bên trái/ phải

-on the top of: trên đỉnh của

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

-Địa điểm cụthểkhông gian nhỏhơn giới từ“in”.

-at the airport: ởsân bay

-at the shop: ởshop

At (ởtại)

In front of (phía trước)

Behind (đằng sau)

Between (ởgiữa)

-Trước sốnhà.

-Chỉnơi làm việc, học tập.

-Chỉnhững sựkiện, những bữa tiệc.

-Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

-Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

-Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

-at 50 Tran Hung Dao: ởsố50 đường

Trần Hưng Đạo

-at work/ school/ college/ university: ởchỗlàm/ trường/ cao đằng/ đại học

-at the party: tại buổi tiệc

-at the concert: tại buổi hòa nhạc

-I am standing in front of your house. (Tôi đang đứng trước nhà bạn.)

-The cat is behind the table. (con mèo ởđằng sau cái bàn.)

-The clock is between the picture and the calendar. (Đồng hồnằm giữa bức tranh và lịch.)

Nextto/ beside (bên cạnh)

Near/ close to (gần đó)

across from/ opposite (đối diện với)

above/over ( ởtrên/ cao hơn)

under/ below (ởdưới/ thấp hơn)

-Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

-Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

- Trướccác từchỉnơi chốn.

- Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

-My house is next to Lan’s house. (Nhà tôi bên cạnh nhà Lan.)

-I live near my school. (Tôi sống gần trường.)

- The restaurant is opposite the park. (Nhà hàng đối diện với công viên)

- There is a ceilling above my head. (Có một cái quạt trần ở phía trên đầu tôi)

- There is a dog under the table. (Có một con chó ởgầm bàn) inside (bên trong)

- Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

- Trước các từchỉnơi chốn.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

- Go inside if you feel hot. (Hãy vào trong nhà nếu bạn thấy nóng bức).

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

1.I ___don’t visit________(not visit) my parents very often.

2. Does Mai go________(Mai/ go) to school every day?

No, she (go) _goes______to school from Monday to Friday.

3.The teachers at our school __give___(give) us lots of homework.

4.My brother _plays____(play) tennis, but he doesn’t like_____(not like) it.

5.How often_do they go______(they/ go) jogging?

6.We (not study) _don’t study_______chemistry because it ___is______(be) difficult.

7._Do your parents_watch_____ (your parents/ watch) TV every night?

8.Mark’s class _does_______(do) sport on Monday and Wednesday.

9.Children often __use____(use) a computer for school work.

10.Mike _doesn’t usually play______(usually/ not play) computer games during the week.

11. She (walk)___walks________ to school every morning.

12. They (learn) learn how to use the lawnmower in their free time.

13. Linda (go) goes to the supermarket to buy some sugar.

14. SometimesI (feel) _____feel____________________ really lazy to do anything.

15. Phong and I (study) study English in my room.

16. I often (have) ____have breakfast at 7 am at home.

17. She (do)____does_____________ aerobics every morning to keep fit.

18. Nga (like) ____likes playing basketball very much.

19. What time you (have) do you have lunch every day?

20. She (not have) ___doesn’t have________________ any pen, so I lend her one.

21. They _____play_________ (play) football and basketball at school.

22.My father ___reads___________ (read) the newspaper every morning.

23.We ____have__________ (have) English, Maths and Science on Monday.

24.She never ____does__________ (do) her homework.

25.I _____go_________ (go) swimming twice a week.

26.Cars ____are__________ (be) more expensive than motorbikes.

27.Jane always ___has___________ (have) breakfast at 6 o’clock.

28He usually __watches____________ (watch) TV after dinner.

29.London __is____________ (be) a very big country.

30. I ______am_______ (be) a student and my parents _____are______ (be) teachers.

Task 2. Circle the correct words:

1. Johny and Mandy (is/am/are) cleaning the kitchen

2. I (is/am/are) reading a book at the moment.

3. It (is/am/are) raining

4. We (is/am/are) singing a new song.

5. The children (is/am/are) watching TV at breaktime.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

6. My pets (is/am/are) sleeping now.

7. Aunt Helen (is/am/are) feeding the ducks on the farm.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
Task 1.Put the verbs in brackets into the Present Simple.

8. My friend (is/am/are) buying a pencil sharpener.

9. He (is/am/are) studying Science.

10. They (is/am/are) doing their homework.

1.They listen to music every day.

They don’t listen to musicevery day. Do they listen to music every day?

2.She plays badminton every afternoon.

He doesn’t play badminton every afternoon.

Does she play badminton every afternoon?

3.Welove carving wood at the weekend.

We don’t love carving wood at the weekend. Do youlove carving wood at the weekend?

4.He does homework every night.

He doesn’t do homework every night. Does he do homework every night?

5.Mary and Peter go fishing after school.

Mary and Peter don’t go fishing after school. Do Mary and Petergo fishing after school?

6. (+) We are working on the new show right now.

(-)_We aren’t working on the new show right now ______________

(?)_Are you working on the new show right now?__________

7. (+)_I’m not talking on the phone at the moment

(-) I’m not talking on the phone at the moment.

(?)_Are you talking on the phone at the moment?

8. (+)_He is running very fast.___________________________________

(-)_He isn’t running very fast

(?) Is he running very fast?

9. (+) Julia is baking a chocolate cake at the moment.

(-)_Julia isn’t baking a chocolate cake at the moment?

(?)_Is Julia baking a chocolate cake at the moment?

10. (+)__Tonyand Kaity are helping the teacher right now _______

(-)_Tony and Kaity aren’t helping the teacher right now

(?) Are Tony and Kaity helping the teacher right now?

Task 4A.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

It (0. be) isSunday evening and my friends and I (1. be) __.are ________ Jane’s birthday party. Jane (2. wear) is wearing __________a beautiful long dress and (3. stand) standing ___ next to her boyfriend. Some guests (4. drink) are drinking _____wine or beer in the corner of the room. Some of her relatives (5. dance) are dancing _____ in the middle of the room. Most people (6.sit) are sitting

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
Task 3. Write the sentences in positive, negative (+) and interrogative (-) form. Task 4. Read the text then give the correct form of verb.

_________on chairs, (7. enjoy) enjoying ______ foods and (8. chat) chatting _____with one another. We often (9. go) go ______ to our friends’ birthday parties. We always (10. dress) dress _____ well and (11. travel) travel ________by taxi. Parties never (12. make) make _____us bored because we like.

Task 4B.

My best friend is Hannah. She (1. live) lives next door to me. We (2. go) go to the same school but we are in different classes.

I (3. walk) walk to school but Hannah (4. go) goes by bike, because she always (5. get up) gets up late. After school we (6. finish) _ finish ____ our homework first, then we (7. listen) listen to our favourite music. I (8. like) like R&B, but Hannah (9.hate) hates it. She (10. think) thinks it’s boring. She (11. love) loves rock music.

play go

1.Do you fancy _ going ____________ out this evening?

2.I like ___ playing __________ tennis at the weekend.

3.Jim enjoys taking ___________ photos of himself and his friends.

4.Ann’s father doesn’t like __ watching ___________ ice hockey on TV.

5.My mother hates ___ cooking __________, so we eat out every often.

6.Do you like __ making ___________ pottery?

7.She dislikes ___ tidying __________ her room every day.

8.My niece loves ____ reading _________ adventure books.

9.I can’t stand __ waiting ___________ for buses in the rain.

10.They detest _____ flying ________, so they usually travel by train or coach.

Task 5. Choose the best option to fill in the blank.

1.Her next birthday will be _______ Monday.

A.in B. on C. at D. by

2. My family must leave ________ a few minutes.

A.in B.at C.on

3. We’re getting married ________ three month’s time.

A.on B.at C.for

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

4. He often eats bread _______lunch.

A.on B.by C.in

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
D.since
D.in
D.at
tidy fly take watchcookmakewait read Task 5. Complete the sentences, using the -ing form of the verbs in the box.

Task

5.It arrives_________ New York at ten o’clock.

6. Kim usually works _______ the weekend.

7. The 12.00 train left _______ time.

8. Nam want to get home ______ time to see my parents.

9. Do you go to school _____ Sundays?

10. Phong’s not home ______ present.

11. Wind couldn’t decide where to go for his birthday. ______ the end, he decided to go to Korea.

12. His father was born _____ 1963.

13. Mr.Jun will meet me at the restaurant _______ 8 o’clock.

14. Lin’s grandmother is _______ hospital.

15. Hoa works _____ PCC.

1. He stayed ___in___ Viet Nam for many years so he loved VietNamese food very much.

2. Were there many people ____at______ your party?

3. His mother passed away ___in_____ 2021 ___ at___ the age of 61 due to the covid 19.

4. You must not smoke _____in______ no smoking area.

5. My class is _____on_____ the fifth floor of TH school.

6. I last saw him __in________ Paris __at___ his mother’s house ____on____ 31th May 2020.

7. I looked at the bookshelf and found my favourite book ____on______ the top shelf.

8. My house is __between_______ a bookstore and a supermarket.

9. John is the boy standing __next to__________ Elene.

10. There is a map__on______ the wall behind________ the teacher desk.

11. Allstudent are waiting_____infront of______ the school gate.

12. Your bag is ____on_____ table in my room.

13. Oh dear. I saw your cat ___behind______ the sofa.

14. The lesson starts ____at______ 7:30 and ends ____at_____ 11:30.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

15. The car is not in the garage. It is __infront of________ the house. 16.

There is one mistake in each sentence. Underline and correct the mistake.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
C.near D.on
A.at B.in
A.on
C.for D.above
B.at
A.on
C.for D.near
B.in
A.on B.at C.for D.in
A.on
C.by D.with
B.in
C.near D.in
A.on B.at
C.at D.in
A.with B.on
A.on B.at C.in D.among
A.on B.at C.for D.in
A.on B.at C.for D.in
A.on B.at C.for D.in
7: Task 6. Fil in the blanks with correct prepositions.

Sentences Correction

1. Nam is my classmates. He watches TV every night.

2.I think collecting stamps areinteresting.

3.My dad cooks very good. He loves preparing meals for our family.

4.I enjoy to ridemy bike to school.

5.We usually go ina small lake out of the city at weekends.

6. Areyou still play football?

7.We like doingfishing because it is relaxing.

8.Do youthink bird-watching interest?

9. I think playing volleyball interestbecause it is a team game

10. In my opinion, we should playedmonopoly in free time.

Task 8: Choose the underlined word or phrase (marked A, B, C or D) in each sentence that needs correcting.

1. The children areplaying boardinggames, andtheir mother is arrangingflowers. A B C D

2. Oneof his father's favourite hobbiesis playinghorse-riding, and he just practises it A B C twice a month.

3. He startedlearning how toplay theguitar onhis elder brother. A B C D

4.Your favourite football match will beginat 3 p.m., soyou should arrivethere A B C soon togeta good seat.

5. He loves to listento classicalmusic, buthe spendsa little time doingit. A B C D

6. What does he likedoin his free time? A B C D

2. Areyour parents playcomputer gamesnow? A B C D

3. My brother isgood inskateboardingand rock climbing. A B C D

4. Tom usually playsbadminton withhis fatherinSunday. A B C D

5. My mom and I usually goingshoppingatthe clothes store.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL
classmate__ ___is______ ___well____ ___riding____ ___to_____ __Do_______ __going_____ ___interesting interesting -
should play
D
D

Task 1: Listen and fill in the blanks:

1. After school Ann goes home to do her model making.

2. She started her model making about 1 year a go

3. She needs about 2 weeks to make ----model

4. She has about 20 models now.

5. Last term she tries to start a club for model making at school but the teachers and other students Weren’t interested in it.

After school Ann go home to do her model making. She love making models. She started about a year ago. She needs about 2 weeks to make a model. Then she put it on the self in her bedroom. She has about 20 models now. She think she will need to get another self soon. Last term she tries to start a club for model making at school but the teachers and other students weren’t interested in it. She thinks she had a lot of fun anyway

Task 2: Listen to the passage and decided if the statements are True (T) or False (F)

1. Anne make models when she stays at school. F

2. She has made her models for about 1year. T

3. It takes her 2weeks to make 2models. F

4. She will need another shelf for her models soon. T

5. Annie tried to start a club for model making and the teachers and other children were interested in it very much. F

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Task 1. Match the questions and answers. Then practice.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME A B C D
LISTENING
SPEAKING

1. What are your hobbies?

2. How long have you had a hobby?

3. Is your hobby safe or dangerous?

4. Do you spend money on your hobby?

5. How many hours a day do you spend on your hobby?

6. What else do you do in your free time?

7. Do your hobbies impact your study?

8. Do you want to try any new hobbies?

Task 1. Read and answer the questions:

1.h_ a. I started my hobby five years ago.

2.a_ b. I spend two hours a day on my hobby.

3.e_ c. I enjoy my hobby it’s good for my study.

4.f_ d. I like watching cartoon in myfree time.

5.b_ e. It is safe, but I have to be careful not to break the stamps.

6.d_ f. Yes. I spend money on buying stamps.

7-c g. No.I just do it in my free time.

8._g h. My favourite hobby is collecting stamp.

1.What are your hobbies?

2.When did you start your hobby?

3.Is your hobby safe or dangerous?

4.Do you spend much time on your hobby?

5.Who do you do your hobbies with?

6.Are your hobbies good for your study?

READING

MIKE’S HOBBIES AND INTERESTS

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Mike likes to spend most of his free time at home. He is tired after work, and usually relaxes in front of the TV for an hour. Sometimes, instead of watching TV, he reads news on the Internet, and about once a week, he sends an email to his family in

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
Task 2. Talk about your hobby.

Vietnam.Mike is also very musical. He enjoys playing the piano and the drums, but his favorite musical instrument to play is the guitar. He plays the guitar in a band. They usually practice at weekends, at his friend Paul’s house. In the past, they practiced in Paul’s house but his neighbor said that they were so noisy. Now they are practicing it in the garden.

1. Where does Mike like to spend his free time?

- Mike likes to spend most of his free time at home

2.Does Mike like watching TV? Yes, hedoes.

3.What instrument does Mike play? He plays the guitar.

4.When does Mike practice playing the guitar? usually practice at weekends

5.Why are they not practicing in Paul’s house? Because his neighbor said that they were so noisy

6.Where are they practicing it now?

Now they are practicing it in the garden.

If you enjoy cycling for pleasure, doing it in London can be a shock. There are not enough lanes especially for bikes, and making your way through the traffic can be very risky. But if you have great passion, cycling in London can be exciting, and it is an inexpensive way of keeping fit if you live there. Some cyclists don’t mind spending a lot of money on expensive bikes. However, if you just want a basic bike that is only for occasional use, there are many cheap choices. Several markets have cheap bikes on sale which may not be impressive to look at but should be satisfactory. You should buy a cycling helmet if you want to cycle in London. Wearing a cycling helmet is not compulsory in Britain, but it is a good idea to wear one for protection.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

1. What is the main idea of the passage?

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
Task 2. Read the text and choose the correct answer.

A. Cycling helmets

B. Cheap bicycles

C. Bicycle markets

D. Cycling in London

2. According to the passage, cycling in London is

A. easy B. difficult C. tiring D. boring

3. The word “it” in line 3 refers to

A. cycling B. passion C. excitement D. doing exercise

4. The difficulty of cycling in London is described in lines

A. 2 B. 5 C. 5-6 D. 8-9

5. According to the passage, all the followings are true EXCEPT that

A. It is compulsory to wear a helmet when cycling in Britain.

B. Some bikes in London are cheap.

C. There are not many lanes especially for bikes.

D. Some cyclists don’t want to buy expensive bikes.

Collecting (1) __ books __________ is my favourite hobby. I started my hobby five years ago. Thefirst item in my (2) __ collection __________ is a book about Doraemon. And now I have a lot of books of all (3) _ kinds ___________ comics, children’s, history, science, detective, adventure, etc.

Whenever I find an interesting book I buy it (4) _ immediately ___________. I usually buy books in the bookstores (5) __ near __________ my school and my house. Sometimes my relatives and my friends give me books as a gift. I (6) _ classify

my books into different categories and put each category in one corner of my bookshelf with a (7) ___ name _________ tag on it. It takes all my free time to keep everything (8) ______ clean ______ and dusted. It keeps me amused for hours, too.

Task 4. Choose the most suitable word for each space.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

What do you like doing best (1) your spare time? My cousin Paul likes going (2) in the country and (3) photos. Sometimes he (4) with his friends, and they (5) at the park or at the beach. They always (6) a good time. His brother Chris isn’t (7) on walking. He spends most of the (8) at home.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
___________
1.A. for B. when C. in D. at 2. A. for walks B. walks C. a walk D. to walk
kinds classify books near name collection clean immediately
Task 3. Complete the text with the correct form of the verbs in the list.

3.A. making B. having C. taking D. doing

4.A. travels B. gets up C. sees D. goes out

5.A. enjoy B. have fun C. hobby D. go

6. A. have B. make C. do D. like

7.A. interested B. out C. decided D. keen

8.A. other B. time C. people D. money

WRITING

Task 1. Complete the sentences using the words given:

Ex: Tuan/not/like/cook.

…. Tuan doesn’t like cooking………………

1.My brother/ like/ play/ table tennis. My brother likes playing table tennis.

2.Minh/ hate/ eat/ apples. Minh hateseating apples.

3.Ha/ dislike/ play/ the piano. Ha dislike playing the piano.

4.My parents/ really love/ garden. My parents really love gardening.

5.I/ not/ fancy/ eat/ noodles. I don’t fancy eating noodles.

6.My dad/ like/ watch/ Korean films. My Dad likes watching Korean films.

7.My mum/ love/ ride/ her bike to work. My Moom love riding hẻbike to work.

8.I/ enjoy/ talk/ to my friends in my free time. I enjoy talking to my friends in my free time.

9. My brother and I/ a really interested /watching bird/ My brother and I are really interested in watching bird.

10. Linh/ like/ collect stamps/ all countries in the world/ Linh likes collecting stamps from all countries in the world.

Task 2. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first one.

1.What is your hobby?

→What hobby do you have?

2.We all find painting interesting because it’s a creative activity.

→We all think painting is interesting because it’s a creative activity.

3.His hobby is collecting toy cars.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

→He collects toy cars as a hobby.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
……………………………………………………………………………….....

4.It isn’t necessary to finish the work today.

→You don’t need to finish the work today.

5.My father likes to do gardening at the weekend.

→My father enjoys doing gardening at the weekend.

6.Why don’t we go swimming this afternoon?

→ What about going swimming this afternoon?

Name Lien

Hobby: doing the gardening

Started: 11 years old

Person who shares the hobby with: her brother

Activities: plant andwater trees, vegetables and flowers

Feelings about the hobby: fun and useful

Future: will continue the hobby

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN

OFFICIAL ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………
Task 3. Read the information in the box and write about her hobby.

TEST FOR UNIT N.1

I. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR.

Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each of the following sentences. (13 points)

Question 1. Shopping..........a mall can be great fun. Would you like to join us?

A. with B. at C. to Question 2. As a teenager, John enjoys going.........fun rides in amusement parks.

A. on B. to C. for Question 3. My little sister doesn't like crowds,....she never goes to the supermarket at weekends.

A. because B. therefore C. so Question 4. Jack thinks that collecting stamps is....and he prefers activities with his peers.

A. amusing B. boring C. fun

Question 5. Teenagers are advised to.......some sports in theirfree time.

A. go B. have C. do Question 6. Jack generally.......little TV.

A. watches B. is watching C. to watch

Question 7. The children are all looking forward....to the circus this weekend

A. to go B. going C. to going Question 8. We........for the coming exam. We can't talk now.

A. revise B. are revising C. have revised Question 9. Peter enjoys.....foreign stamps and reading about them.

A. designing B. collecting C. playing

Question 10. Jack is now learning to …………..the piano.

A. perform B. sing C. play

Question 11. A busy doctor has very little ……….. time. He works almost all day.

A. free B. happy C. available

Question 12. What does the sign say? Choose the best option.

A. Please do not play your music here.

B. Please do not sell any instruments here.

C. Please do not talk about singers here.

Question 13. What does the sign say? Choose the best option.

A. You cannot eat but you can drink here.

B. You can eat but you cannot drink here.

C. You cannot eat or drink here.

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

II. WORD FORMATION

Supply the correct formsof the given words.

1. The children are playing … noisily in the garden now. (NOISE)

2. Sports help … educate…. children different moral values. (EDUCATION)

3. Jack has avery impressive coin …… collection ….which he proudly shows to his classmates. (COLLECT)

4. Basketball players …….will find our new trainers comfortable and efficient. (PLAY)

5. The crowded ….shopping mall has put off various shoppers at weekends. (CROWD)

READING

1. Read the following passage and decide whether each of the statements 1 -5 is TRUE or FALSE. (5 points)

Recent studies show that more and more teenagers are turning to screen-based activities for relaxation. Almost every teenager watches TV. Many of them surf the web. They join social networking and play video games. Unlike outdoor activities, more screen time harms children. It makes their eyesight weaker. It does not improve their social skills. A child often prefers TV or computer games to physical exercise. They don't want to meet friends, either. Experts warn people of these harms, but parents do little to help their children.

1. There has been an increase in the number of teenagers enjoying media use. ………

2. More teenagers browse the web in their free time. ………

3. Continuous media use betters teenagers' social skills. ………

4. Experts have encouraged media use as relaxation among teenagers.

5. Experts, the government, and parents cooperate to minimize the risks of screening time among children.

2. Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each numbered blank in the passage. (10 points)

Skateboarding (6) _______ back to the 1940s and 1950s in California as a replacement to surfing waves in unfavorable weather conditions. The (7) _______ of the first skateboard was unknown. However, one thing was known for sure. The first skateboard was made from wooden boxes or boards with roller wheels on the bottom. Skateboarding reached its (8) _______ in the early 1960s. Then it lost its attraction towards the end of the decade. Numerous improvements have been made to skateboards (9) _______ safety reasons. Millions of teenagers (10) _______around the world now.

6. A. dates B. starts

7. A. inventor B. discoverer

8. A. width

B. depth

C. originates

C. customer

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

C. height

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
T
T
F
F
F

9. A. by B. for C. because 10. A. have skateboarded B. are skateboarding C. skateboarded

3.Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word. (10 points)

Athletic teenagers spend most of their free time playing sports. Some choose (11) _ team ______ sports such as soccer, basketball, or volleyball. Others (12) are _______ keen on individual ones like swimming or cycling. For these sportive children, the best free time means practicing their favorite sports in clubs or with partners. As a leisure (13) activity ______, sports benefit these children in a couple of ways. Regular sports players are fitter, and they are taller (14) than _______ those who don't play sports. Besides, they are more confident and competitive. When a teenager loves a sport, he can't stop (15) ___ playing/doing ____ it.

WRITING

1. Rearrange the given phrases to make a complete sentence. (10 points)

1. in their free time./do/that/should/teenagers/sports/l believe/a lot of I believe that teenagers should do a lot of sports in their free time.

2. almost anywhere./the most popular/because it/soccer/can easily/is considered/team sport/be played

Soccer is considered the most popular team sport because it can easily be played almost anywhere.

3. and the national one./are rushing/thousands of people/watch/between the city's team/to the stadium/the match/in order to Thousands of people are rushing to the stadium in order to watch the match between the city's team and the national one.

4. their favorite activities/are chatting/my students/in their free time./about My students are chatting about their favorite activities in their free time.

5. either/or/Mom said/could/stay home/that/go to the concert/playing video games./we

Mom said that we could either go to the concert or stay home playing video games

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

2. Rewrite the following sentences with the given words and/or beginnings in such a

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

way that the meanings stay unchanged. (10 points)

6. Would you like to decorate your room on your own? (WANT)

Do … Do you want to decorate your room by yourself?

7. During dinner, she never watches TV.

While she is having dinner, she never watches TV. While having dinner, she never watches TV.……………..

8. Jack likes painting portraits. (KEEN)

Jack is keen on painting portraits.………..

9. Both John and Mary enjoy team sports. (SO)

John enjoys team sports and so does Mary.……………..

10. How about cycling to the country this weekend? (CYCLING)

Let's … go cycling to the country this weekend

LISTENING

Task 1.Listen and decide whether each of the following statements is TRUE or FALSE. (10 points)

1. Jack missed the stamp club meeting last week. …F………

2. Mary spent two days at the park. …F………

3. Mary liked the roller coaster. …T………

4. It rained a lot, so Mary had to play indoors in the afternoon. …F………

5. Jack liked the idea of a trip to the park with the whole class. …T………

Task 2.Listen again and complete the summary below. Write NO MORE THAN THREE words in each blank. (10 points)

Mary's family spent (6) ___ last Saturday / a whole day __at an amusement park to celebrate her brother's (7) ____ birthday Mary had a great time there. She enjoyed a fun ride, a (8) _ rollercoaster a monorail tour and the (9) __ indoor playground. Mary suggested organizing a picnic day at an amusement park with her (10) ___ classmates. She really wanted to ride the pumper cars with them.

SPEAKING:

Fill in each blank with an appropriate response from the list. There is ONE EXTRA response. (10 points)

a. Grandma will be very happy. I love your plan.

b. I don't feel like going to Vung Tau Beach. I think it will be too sunny.

c. Why don't we take the bus there and spend two days with them?

d. We should not tell our mom and dad about this plan.

e. There's something wrong with my bike, but I can't repair it by myself.

f. We're having a long weekend ahead. What shall we do?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

John: (1) We're having a long weekend ahead. What shall we do?

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

Mary: Let's go for a picnic in the countryside. We could either go to Vung Tau Beach or cycle to our grandparents'.

John: (2) I don't feel like going to Vung Tau Beach. I think it will be too sunny.

Mary: How about cyclingto our grandparents'?

It's good exercise, too.

John: (3) There's something wrong with my bike, but I can't repair it by myself

Mary: I want to visit our grandparents and do some gardening with them.

John: (4) Why don't we take the bus there and spend two days with them?

Mary: That sounds great! I'll buy them some groceries and new books.

John: (5) Grandma will be very happy. I love your plan.

***End – Of – TestN.1***

PART 1: PHONETICS

TEST FOR UNIT N.2

Exercise 1: Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group.

Exercise 2: Choose the word whose main stressed syllable is placed differently from that of the other in each group.

PART 2: VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best completes each of the following sentences. 11. My mother likes cooking, so she often ___________in her free time.

bakes cakes

collect stickers 12. Let’s go to the__________________. I would like to watch a film.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
1. A. sports B. games C. stickers D. comics 2. A. vlogs B. soccer C. sport D. model 3. A. online B.bowling C. sticker D. ice rink 4. A. skate b. bake C.game D. market 5. A. bowling alley B. hobby C. sky D. gym
6. A. collect B. model C.center D. comic 7. A. hobby B. sticker C. soccer D. online 8. A. badminton B. equipment C. skateboarding D. theater 9. A. safety B. climbing C. machine D. surfling 10.A. dangerous B. exciting C. boring D. amazing
B.
C. makes vlogs D.
B. megacity C. theater D. fair
A. plays online games
A. amusement park

13. What are you doing ________________?

A. tonight B. yesterday C. every day D. twice a week

14. We are ______________in front of the park tonight.

A. meets B. meet C. is meet D.meeting

15. We enjoy _______________in the ice rink

A. running B. skating C. buying D. going

16. ____________Linda often_________ to the water park in summer?

A. Does- go B. Do-go C. Do-goes D. Does-goes

17. My little sister is sometimes interested in ________________crafts at the fair.

A. going B. buying C. making D. taking

18. _________________are dangerous sports.

A. Yoga B. playing badminton C. swimming D.extreme sports

19. My team ______________ football this evening.

A. are playing B. play C. is play D. plays

20. My school____________________ safety equipment to the students when we have a trip.

A. takes b. does c. provides d. makes

II. Give the correct form of the verbs to complete the sentences.

21. My brother ________likes_________making vlogs in his free time ( like)

22. Would you like____to watch________ a film with us? ( watch)

23. We _____are visiting_________our grandparents next week. ( visit)

24. They don’t collect______________soccer stickers because they don’t like sports. ( not collect)

25.My hobby______is____________ playing online games. ( be)

26.My father is interested in __________going___________to the theater to watch comedy. ( go)

27.What_____do____ you often ____do_____in your free time? ( do)

28.Where ____are________we_____travelling________this summer? (travel)

29.I____am studying__________maths next Sunday because I am studing English. ( study)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

30.She wants ______to bake____________a cake for her son’s birthday. ( bake)

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME

PART 3: READING

III. Choose the most suitable word for each space. What do you like doing best (1) your spare time? My cousin Paul likes going (2) in the country and (3) photos. Sometimes he (4) with his friends, and they (5) at the park or at the beach. They always (6) a good time. His brother Chris isn’t (7) on walking. He spends most of the (8) at home.

31.A. for B. when C. in D. at

32. A. for walks B. walks C. a walk D. to walk

33. A. making B. having C. taking D. doing

34. A. travels B. gets up C. sees D. goes out

35.A. enjoy B. have fun C. hobby D. go

36. A. have B. make C. do D. like

37. A. interested B. out C. decided D. keen

38. A. other B. time C. people D. money

IV. Read the article and decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F). After school Susan goes home to do her model-making. She loves making models. She started about a year ago. She needs about two weeks to make a model. Then she puts it on the shelf in her bedroom. She has about twenty models now. She thinks she will need to get another shelf soon. Last term she tried to start a club for model-making at school but the teachers and other children weren’t interested. She thinks she has a lot of fun anyway.

43. Susan tried to start a club for model making and the teachers and other children were interested in it very much.

PART 4: WRITING

Reorder the words to make a correct sentence.

44. She/like/collect/soccer stickers/. She likes collecting soccer stickers

45. What/do/you/free time/your/?/

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

What do you do in your free time? 46. tomorrow/what time/we/meet/?/

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
True False
o oF 40
oT o 41
o oF 42
oT o
o o
39. Susan makes models when she stays at school.
. She has made her models for about one year.
. It takes her two weeks to make two models.
. She will need another shelf for her models soon.
F

What time are we meeting tomorrow?

47. The fair/open/10 a.m

The fair opens at 10 a.m

Complete each of the following sentences using the cues given

48. Lucy/ usually/ play/ badminton/ her friends.

Lucy usully plays badminton witrh her friends.___________________

49. My/ best friend/ hobby/ make/ paper dolls. My best friend’s hobby is making paper dolls.

50. My/ brother/ teach/ me/ how/ make/ model planes/ two/ year/ ago.

My brother teach me how to make a model plans two years ago.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

ILSW 7 - UNIT 1: FREE TIME
***End – Of – TestN.2***

UNIT 2 HEALTH

VOCABULARY

ENGLISH TYPE PRONUNCIATION VIETNAMESE

allergy n /ˈælərdʒi/ dịứng

drink v /drɪŋk/ uống

eat v /it/ ăn

fast food n /fæst fud/ thức ăn nhanh

fruit n /frut/ trái cây

get v /gɛt/ nhận được

healthy a /ˈhɛlθi/ khoẻmạnh, có lợi cho sức khoẻ

junk food n /ʤʌŋk fud/ thức ăn nhanh có hại cho sức khỏe

lifestyle n /ˈlaɪfˌstaɪl/ cách sống, cách sinh hoạt

sleep v /slip/ giấc ngủ

soda n /ˈsoʊdə/ nước xô-đa

unhealthy a /ənˈhɛlθi/ ốm yếu, có hại cho sức khoẻ

cafeteria n /ˌkæfəˈtɪriə/ Quán ăn, căn tin

effectively a /ɪˈfɛktɪvli/ Hiệu quả

vegetarian n /ˌvedʒəˈteəriən/ người ăn chay

cough n /kɒf/ ho

depression n /dɪˈpreʃn/ sựchán nản, buồnrầu

earache n /ˈɪəreɪk/ đau tai

itchy adj /ˈɪtʃi/ ngứa, gây ngứa

obesity n /əʊˈbiːsəti/ bệnh béo phì

runny nose n /ˈrʌninəʊz/ sỗmũi

sickness n /ˈsɪknəs/ sựốm, sựbệnh

sneeze v /sniːz/ hắt hơi

sore throat n /sɔː(r) θrəʊt/ đau họng, viêm họng

spot n /spɒt/ mụn nhọt

stomachache n /ˈstʌməkˌeɪk/ đau bụng

sunburn n /ˈsʌnbɜːn/ sựcháy nắng

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

sunburnt adj /ˈsʌnbɜːnt/ bịcháy nắng

temperature n /ˈtemprətʃər/ nhiệt độ

toothache n /ˈtuːθeɪk/ đau răng

weak adj /wiːk/ yếu

feel v /fil/ có cảm giác, cảm thấy

fever n /ˈfivər/ cơn sốt

get rest v /gɛt rɛst/ nghỉngơi have v /hæv/ sởhữu, có

keep v /kip/ giữ, duy trì

late a /leɪt/ trễ

lazy a /ˈleɪzi/ lười

medicine n /ˈmɛdəsən/ thuốc

sore throat n /sɔr θroʊt/ đau họng

stay up late v /steɪʌp leɪt/ thức khuya

take v /teɪk/ ăn uống

vitamin n /ˈvaɪtəmən/ vitamin

warm a /wɔrm/ ấm

feel v /fil/ có cảm giác, cảm thấy

fever n /ˈfivər/ cơn sốt

awake adj /əˈweɪk/ tỉnh, thức

calorie n /ˈkæləri/ calo

compound adj /ˈkɒmpaʊnd/ ghép, phức

concentrate v /ˈkɒnsnˌtreɪt/ tập trung

conjunction n /kənˈdʒʌŋkʃn/ liên từ

coordinate v /kəʊˈɔːdɪneɪt/ phối hợp, kết hợp

diet n /ˈdaɪət/ ăn kiêng, chếđộăn uống

essential adj /ɪˈsenʃl/ cần thiết, thiết yếu

expert n /ˈekspɜːt/ chuyên gia

junk food n /ˈʤʌŋkfuːd/ đồăn nhanh, quà vặt

myth n /mɪθ/ thần thoại, chuyện hoang đường

pay attention v /peɪəˈtenʃn/ chú ý, lưu ý

put on weight v /pʊtɒnweɪt/ tăng cân

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

sleep in v /sliːpɪn/ ngủnướng

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

headache take medicine cough have a sorethroat drink soda high temperature get some sleep keep warm allergy obesity stay up late eat fruit and vegetables

stay in shape v /steɪɪn ʃeɪp/ giữdáng, giữcơ thểcân đối sunbathe v /ˈsʌnbeɪð/ tắm nắng triathlon n /traɪˈæθlɒn/ cuộc thi thểthao phối hợp 3 môn
junk
fast food
itchy
1………………… 2………………… 3………………… 4………………… 5……………… 6………………… 7………………… 8…………………
food depression shape healthy allergy
tired physical diet
Task
1.
Look at the pictures and complete the blanks.
9……………… 10………………… 11………………… 12…………………
Task 2. Use the given words to complete the sentences .

1. My sister has an ________to sunflowers so I don’t arrange them in the house.

2. If you follow a balanced________, you will have a healthy life.

3. Don’t eat much ________because it may cause obesity.

4. Some people suffer from ________after losing their jobs.

5. She stays in ________ by exercising daily and eating well.

6. He looks so ________. He can’t keep his eyes open!

7. If you want to be fit, stay outdoors more and do more activities.

8. The seafood I ate this morning makes me feel all over.

9. Eating fruits and vegetable is_____________.

10. You should eat fresh fruit and vegetables. You shouldn’t eat __________.

Task 3. Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences.

1.You should eat a lot of fruits and vegetables because they vitamin A, which is good for the eyes.

A. run B. take C. provide D. get

2.The health from that diet expert is that you should eat less junk food and count your calories if you are becoming fat.

A. advices B. ideas C. tip D. tips

3.The seafood I ate this morning makes me feel all over.

A. itchy B. weak C. running D. well

4.If you want to be fit, stay outdoors more and do more activities.

A. physics B. physic C. physical D. physically

5.Do more exercise eat more fruit andvegetables.

A. and B. so C. but D. although

6.After working in computer for long hours, you should your eyes and relax.

A. wake B. rest C. sleep D. sleep in

7.Eat less high-fat foods to keep you from fat.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

A. gaining B. reducing C. getting D. rising

8.We should follow the advice from doctors and healthin order to keep fit.

A. managers B. experts C. people D. workers

9.Have a healthy and you can enjoy your life.

A. lifeline B. lively C. lives D. lifestyle

10.They go outside even when it’s cold.

A. swims B. swimming C. swimming D. swam

11.Rob eats a lot of fast food and he on a lot of weight.

A. spends B. brings C. takes D. puts

12.We need to spend less time computer games.

A. playing B. to playing C. play D. to play

13.To prevent , you should eat a lot of garlic and keep your body warm.

A. cold B. mumps C. flu D. headache

14.Be careful with you eat and drink.

A. who B. this C. what D. that

15.Eating a lot of junk food may lead to your .

A. pain B. stomachache C. obesity D. fitness

flu, playing sports, cough, walking, sore throat, watching TV fever, gardening, allergy, swimming, runny nose, doing aerobics, headache, exercising, sneezing, cycling, red skin, relaxing, stomachache, sleeping

Illnesses and symptoms

Activities

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Task 4. Put the words into the correct column.

Task 5. Give the correct form of the word given to complete the sentence.

1. Is she enough to run one kilometer? (GOOD)

2. “Ow! Be careful with that coffee.” -“Look, now I have a on my arm” (BURNING)

3. Rob has a of 39.50C (TEMPERATE)

4. Don’t eat so quickly. You’ll get a (TEETH)

5. I have a in my back. I’m going to lie down. (PAINFUL)

6. That’s a bad . Why don’t you have a glass of water? (COUGHING)

7. “I have .” -“Why don’t you telephone the doctor?” (STOMACH)

8. My arm after the table tennis match (HURT)

9. “I have a .” -“That’s because you watchtoo much TV.” (HEAD)

10. Lan was absent from class because of her ______ (SICK)

11. I have an ________-with my doctor at 5p.m. (APPOINT)

12. She is still receiving a __________treatment in a hospital. (MEDICINE)

13. People fell _________when they catch a common cold. (PLEASE)

14. She’s_____ to seafood. So when she eats them, she will have stomachache problems. (ALLERGY)

15. You should choose foods and drinks________ to prevent some dangerous diseases. (CARE)

16. He continues_______ because he is catching a flu. (SNEEZE)

17. He can reduce his serious_____ when he relaxes intime anddoes exercise regularly. (DEPRESS)

18. If you provide yourself with enough vitamins, you will make a better______ on your work or study. (CONCENTRATE)

19. I got ______________ during my beach vacation. (SUNBURN)

20. Lack of vitamin E can cause skin diseases and __________. (TIRED)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

GRAMMAR

1. Should and shouldn’t

a. Form

(+) S + should + V-bare inf

(-) S + shouldn’t + V-bare inf

(?) Should + S + V-bare inf?

-Students should wear uniform. (Học sinh nên mặc đồng phục.)

-We should wear warm coats in this weather. (Chúng ta nên mặc áo khoác ấm trong thời tiết này.)

b. Use

Dùng đểkhuyên ai đó nên hay không nên làm điều gì.

-She should go to the doctor.(Chịấy nên đến gặp bác sĩ.)

-He shouldn’t eat so much candy. (Anh ấy không ăn nhiều kẹo)

-They should study hard. (Họnên học hành chăm chỉ.)

2. Indefinite quantifiers

Use: Cách sửdụng:

a little:1 vài, 1 chút, 1 ít (dùng trong câu khẳng định với danh từkhông đếm được)

some: 1 vài, 1 chút, 1 ít (dùng trong câu khẳng định với danh từđếm được sốnhiều hoặc danh từkhông đếm được)

any: 1 vài, 1 chút, 1 ít (dùng trong câu phủđịnh hoặc nghi vấn)

many: nhiều (dùng với danh từđếm được) (not) much: nhiều (dùng với danh từkhông đếm được, thường dùng trong câu phủđịnh và nghi vấn)

lots of/ a lot of:nhiều (dùng với danh từđếm được sốnhiều và danh từkhông đếm được)

2. Example :Ví dụ

-I drink a little orange juice every morning.

-My mother eats some fruit after lunch.

-I don’t do much exercise so I am getting fat.

3. Imperative with “more” and “less”

Chúng ta dùng câu mệnh lệnh với more và less theo công thức sau:

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Ví dụ:

Do more exercise!

Hãy tập thểdục nhiều hơn!

Eat less fast food!

Hãy ăn ít đồăn nhanh hơn!

Drink more water!

Hãy uống nước nhiều hơn!

Sleep less than 10 hours per day!

Hãy ngủít hơn 10 giờmỗi ngày!

Task 1. Use should/ shouldn’t to complete the sentences.

1. She has a toothache. She should/ shouldn’t eat so much candy.

2. I have a headache. I should/ shouldn’t take some medicine.

3. Mary wants to lose weight. She should/ shouldn’t eat junk food more.

4. What should I do to lose weight? -You should/ shouldn’t eat more fruit and vegetables.

5. You look very tired. You should/ shouldn’t get some rest.

6. Linda has a stomachache. -She should/ shouldn’t drink so much soda.

7. I feel tired. You should/ shouldn’t take a rest and sleep enough.

8. I have a sore eye. You should/ shouldn’t play a lot of video games.

9. I am putting on weight. You should/ shouldn’t do more exercise.

10. This food contains a lot of fat and sugar. You should/ shouldn’t eat too much.

1. I don’t eat any/ some fast food.

2. We should drink any/ some fruit juice now.

3. She doesn’t do any/ some exercise today.

4. My brother can play any/ some sports such as: soccer, volleyball, badminton, table tennis…

5. She does many/ a little exercise in the morning.

6. How much/ any fruit do you eat every day?

7. We should drink lots of/ much water every day.

8. My daughter doesn’t watch much/ many TV every day.

9. Tommy doesn’t eat any/ a little salad every day.

10. How much/ many beer does your father drink every week?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

V + more/less!
Task 2. Circlethe correct words.

Task 3A.Underline the correct words.

1.Your eyes look very tired. Let your eyes rest more / less and watch more / less TV.

2.If you want to stay in shape, eat more / less healthy food like fruits, vegetables or fish.

3.Drink more / less water when you have a high fever.

4.If you want to lose weight, eat more / less junk food.

5.Sunbathe more / less to avoid getting sunburnt.

6.The popular thing to lose weight is “eat more / less and exercise more / less”.

7.Stay outdoors and do more / less physical activities. You will be more healthy.

8.Spend more / less time in front of screens, such as the phone, TV or computer. It’s not good for your eyes.

Task 3B. Complete the imperatives with more or less, using the verbs in the box.

do play eat sleep watch eat drink read spend do

1. ____________video games or your eyes will be hurt.

2. ____________ fruit, vegetables or nuts because they are healthy.

3. ____________ if you want to be more active.

4. Japanese ____________ fish instead of meat, so they stay more healthy.

5. If you want to improve your knowledge, ____________ books.

6. ____________ TV because too much TV is really bad for your eyes.

7. If you’re outside on a hot day, ____________ water.

8. ____________ exercise, and you will feel fitter and healthier.

9. ____________ time on social media, so you can focus on your tasks.

10. Stay outdoors and __________ physical activities. You will be more healthy.

Task 3. Match the health problems with the correct advices.

1. I have spots on my face.

2. I get sunburn.

3. I’ve got a flu.

4. I’m putting on weight.

You should go to your dentist.

Eat less junk food and do more exercies.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

You shouldn’t drink cold drinks..

Apply an aloe vera lotion and drink

a.
1._
2._ b.
3._ c.
d.
4._

lót of water .

5. I have a toothache. My tooth hurt. 5._ e. Spend less time infront of the screen.

6. I have a sore throat.

6._ f. Stay at home and have a rest.

7. My eyes are sore and tired. 7._ g. Wash your face regularly.

1. Nam looks brown. He was on holiday last week. He (get)……………sunburn.

2. Getting plenty of rest is very good. It (help)……………….you to avoid depression.

3. The Japanese (eat)………………………..a lot of fish so they are very intelligent.

4. If you wash your hands more, you (have)……………….less chance of catching flu.

5. Eating carrots regularly (help)……………………….you see better.

6. It is very hot outside. Please (wear)…………………a sun hat when you go out.

7. Do more exercise and you (feel)………………………..healthier.

8. I don’t want (be)……………………………..tired tomorrow so I go to bed early.

9.Nowadays, I don’t feel well. I often (feel)……………………….sick and weak.

10. People who ( smile)……………………….more are happier and they live longer.

11. It is important (eat) well.

12. It (be) very cold today. You should wear your warm clothes when you (go ) out to prevent cold.

13. Do morning exercise every day and you’ll (feel) better.

14. I have a lot of homework to do this evening, so I (not have) ________ time to watch the football match.

15. (Eat) junk food and inactivity (be) the main causes of obesity.

16. I (have) a headache and I need to rest more.

17. I (have) a toothache so I (have to/ see) the dentist.

18. I have to take medicines because I (be) sick.

19. Japanese (eat) more fish instead of meat, so they (stay) more healthy.

20. When you (have) a fever, you (should/ drink) more water and rest more.

21. A healthy diet (help) us feel healthier.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

22. Watching TV much (hurt) your eyes.

Task 4. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense form.

Task 5. Join each pair of sentences by using a suitable conjunction: and, but, or, so.

1.To stay healthy, you should eat more vegetables. You eat less high-fatfood.

2.Junk food tastes so good. It is bad for your health.

3.You should eat less junk food. You will put on weight.

4.He is a vegetarian. He doesn’t eat any meat.

5.Would you like meat for lunch? Would you like vegetables for lunch?

6.Susan went to the park. She had a ride on the swing.

7.I love fruit. I am allergic to strawberries.

8. To prevent flu, we eat alots of garlic.We keep our bodies, especially feet warm.

Task 6. There is one mistake in each sentence. Underline and correct the mistake.

Sentences Correction

1. My brother loves play chess when he has free time.

2.I find woodcarving interest because it’s creative.

3.Many people wait for the dentist at the moment.

4. They have donated blood three months ago.

5. Did you finished your homework yet?

6.I’d like to go, and I have to study for my test tonight.

7.Eat more fast food, or you’ll put on weight.

8.Do you think staying at home all day is bored?

9. She is very nervousbecause she has some spoton her face.

10. You can playtable tennis, bothyou can go skatingat the weekend.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Task 7. Choose the underlined word or phrase (marked A, B, C or D) in each sentence that needs correcting.

1. My father often takesmy sister andme tothe cinema atspecial occasions. A B C D

2. My younger brother had temperatureand felt tiredyesterday, so I was worried about him somuch. A B C

3. They providesome food and drink withthe poorpeople in their community more often. A B C D

4. I think he will goto the book fair nextSunday because he loves to readbooks so much. A B C D

5. Be less carefulwhen you eat some kindsof food, my dear! You may have allergiesif A B C you don't takemy advice.

6. She likes eatingfish, soshe also likes drinkingmineral water. A B C D

7. It has beentwo weeks sincehe has workedfor this non-profitorganisation A B C D

8. Eat morejunk food! You will get overweightif you keepdoing that. A B C D

9. You shouldn'tstay athome all day becauseit's badfor your health. Go out less! A B C D

10. You havea sorethroat, butyou shouldn't talk more. A B C D

LISTENING

Task 1: Listen to the passage and decided if the statements are True (T) or False (F)

1. Sheila is a student.

2. Sheila has vegetables and meat for lunch.

3. Sheila does not like juice, but she likes mineral water.

4. Sheila does not do any sport activities.

5. Sheila usually goes to bed after 11p.m.

Task 2: Look at the table and fill in the blanks:

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

D
D

1. Sheila goes to ---------------------in the morning and comes back home at 2 in the afternoon.

2. After coming home, she usually takes a shower and has -------------

3. She has chicken or fish with rice and salad and she likes drinking-----------------.

4.In the evening, Sheila walks to the ----------------.

5. Sheila never goes to bed after ten because she needs to get enough rest to ---------------

1.How many calories should I eat in a day?

2.Shall we go and play basketball?

3.What activity uses a lot of calories?

4.What should I do to prevent spots?

5.How do you feel now?

6.What happens when we don’t have enough calories?

7.Why should people drink green tea?

8. What should I do to lose weight?

a. A little better, but still feel tired.

b. Wash your face daily and use gentle skin care products.

c. Eat less junk food and do more exercise

d. Count me out. 1 prefer to stay home.

e. We’ll feel tired and weak.

f. Between 1,600 and 2,500.

g. I think it’s running.

h. Because it can help prevent cancer

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

1._____ 2.______3.______4.______5.______6.______7._____ 8._____ SPEAKING
I. Match the questions and the answers. Then read aloud.
Task 2. Talk about what you do to stay healthy.

1. What do you do to stay healthy?

2.What kind of exercise do you practise?

3.What do you often eat?

4.How often do you visit the doctor?

5.How often do you have fast food?

6.What stress do you often have?

7.What are you allergic to?

8.Which do you like to drink, coke or fruit juice? Why?

READING

Mark always gets up at twelve in the morning. He does not have breakfast. Mark likes having hamburgers, pizza, crisps and hot dogs for lunch. He always has fizzy drinks like cola. So there are not any vegetables or fruit at home. After lunch, he takes the bus to school -300 meters far away. At six o’clock, Mark goes to the bus stop and comes back home. He sits on his dad’s sofa and watches TV for three hours. When he is hungry, he eats lots of sweets or chocolate biscuits and he always drinks cola. He usually goes to sleep at eleven or twelve because that he likes playing computer games. He usually stays at home all day at weekends.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Task 1: Read and answer the questions:

1. What time does Mark starthis day? ……………………………………

2. What does Mark usually have for lunch? …………………………………….

3. How does Mark go to school? …………………………………….

4. Does Mark go back home by bus?

5. How long does Mark spends on watching TVafter class? ……………………………………

Task 2. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

It’s important to (1) well, especially when you are studying. If you are at primary (2) , you may not go home for lunch and have a cooked meal of meat or (3) and vegetables. A chicken and lettuce sandwich, with some (4) fruit would be a light but (5) lunch. Many people around the world eat plain, boiled (6) two or three times a day. Pupils and students often don’t eat (7) when they’re revising for an exam –they eat chocolate and (8) lots of black coffee! And by the way, doctors say everybody should start the day with healthy (9) . It’s also good for you to drink a lot of (10)________through the day.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

1. A. launching B. emitting C. eat D. peaking 2.A. school B. weapons C. spaceships D. rockets 3.A. to B. towards C. with D. fish

4. A. as soon as B. fresh C. as well as D. such as

5. A. burnt B. explored C. went off D. healthy

6.A. rice B. audience C. observatories D. watcher

7.A. sent back B. returned to C. well D. except for

8. A. weightlessness B. drink C. wavelengths D. length

9. A. space B. atmosphere C. vacant D. breakfast

10. A. scientists B. drivers C. water D. astronaut

spend from exercise fit ride for tired energy in calorie

We need calories or (1) to do the things every day. For example, when we walk or (2) a bike to school, we spend a certain amount of (3) and even when we sleep, we also use them. But how many calories should we (4) a day to stay in shape? It’s difficult (5) us to calculate. If people want to keep (6) ,they should remember that everyone should have between 1600 and 2500 calories a day.

We get calories (7) the food we eat. If we get too much food and don’t take part ( 8) any activities, we can get fat quickly. So besides studying, we should do some (9) , play sports or do the housework, such as cleaning the floor, cooking etc., if we don’t eat enough, we feel (10) and weak

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

How many calories can you burn in one hour? Well, it all depends on the activity. You use calories all the time, even when you are resting. Reading, sleeping, sitting and sunbathing all use about 60 calories an hour. Very light activities use 75 calories. Examples are eating, writing, knitting, shaving, driving and washing up. Light activities which use about 100 calories an hour include playing the piano, getting dressed and having a shower.

Task 3. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box. Task 4. Read the following passage and write T (true) or F (false) for each statement.

Under moderate activities which use between 100 and 200 calories an hour we can put walking, doing housework, shopping and skating. Energetic activities use 200-400 calories. Those activities include horse riding, cycling, swimming, skipping and dancing. Finally there are strenuous activities which use up to 600 calories an hour. These activities include climbing stairs, jogging,digging the garden and playing football.

1. Horse riding uses the most amount of calories.

2. Reading uses as many calories as writing.

3. The calories we burn for eating and washing up are the same.

4. Walking is a very light activity.

5. Sunbathing uses more calories than driving.

6. When we are resting, we don’t burn calories.

7. Having a shower uses only 100 calories an hour.

8. Cycling and dancing use the same amount of calories

9. Playing football uses fewer calories than swimming.

10. The amount of calories we use an hour depends on the activity we do

WRITING

4.She/

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

5.how

1.Phong/ eat/ lots of/ junk food/ so/ he/ putting/ weight. 2.I/ exercise/ daily/ because/ I/ want/ stay/ healthy. 3.Sitting/ too/ close/ the TV/ hurt/ your eyes. often/ take/ paracetamol/ if/ she/ get / bad/ headache. many calories/ you/ bum/ do/ aerobics/ 2hours? Task 1. Make sentences using words given.

6. getting/ enough/ sleep/ help/ students/ do/ their best/ the classroom.

Task 2. Arrange the words to make sentences.

1.cold/ I/ sore throat/ love/ a/ drinks/ but/ have/ I.

2.Jim/ overweight/ so/ eats/ is/ fast food/ too much/ he.

3.too much/ bad/ television/ watching/ for/ health/ your/ is?

4.the flu/ should/ you/ a cold/ if/ have/ or/ you/ home/ stay.

5.Alex/ usually/ fishing/ so/ loves/ goes/ in/ near/ he/ his house/ fishing/ the lake.

6.you/ some/ clean/ yourself/ avoid/ diseases/ by/ can/ keeping.

Task 4. Write a paragraph (100 -150 words) to talk about HOW TO KEEP A HEALTHYLIFE

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……

TEST FOR UNIT N.1 I. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR.

Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each of the following sentences. (15 points)

Question 1. John's eaten a lot of food but he's still............................

A. tired B. sick C. hungry Question 2. John ………….. a headache and the doctor has given him some medicine.

A. has B. is C. gets Question 3. …….... such as bees help the flowers make seeds.

A. Insects B. Animals C. Plants Question 4. 1 can't eat this fruit. It's ………………

A. sweet B. delicious C. bitter Question 5. Going in the sun for two hours, I felt……………..and had to sit down.

A. energetic B. dizzy C. fit Question 6. Teenagers.......go to bed early. It's good for them.

A. should B. may C. can Question 7. Remember not to add too.......salt to the soup.

A. many B. much C. more Question 8. Jack is too busy and he doesn't have.....time for relaxation.

A. some B. any C. no Question 9. You.......run so fast at first. It's better to start by jogging slowly.

A. should not B. need not C. cannot Question 10. Peter and John.........about ten hours a day.

A. are sleeping B. have slept C. sleep Question 11. ..........his lack of sleep, he cannot work well.

A. Instead of B. In spite of C. Because of Question 12. What does the sign say? Choose the best option.

A. You have to wear a mask to enter our place.

B. You do not need a mask al our place.

C. You should wear a mask Io go ahead Question 13. What does the sign say? Choose the best option.

A. You must not lock the door here.

B. You must not leave the door open.

C. You must not enter through this door.

Choose the option whose underlined port is pronounced differently from that of the others.

Question 14.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

A. apples B. carrots C. potatoes Question 15.

II. WORD FORMATION

Supply the correct forms of the given words. (10 points)

1. It is ________________ for young children to eat too much candy. (HEALTH)

2. John practices English with his brother ________________. (NIGHT)

3. Do you know what this flower ________________? (SYMBOL)

4. She's going to hospital for a________________ check-up. (MEDICINE)

5. John's ________________ does not prevent him from attending the lecture. (SICK)

WRITING

1. Read the following passage and decide whether each of the statements 1 -5 is TRUE or FALSE. (5 points)

Nothing is as precious as good health. Following are some guidelines to being fit and healthy:

• Eat a healthful diet. You should eat a variety of food. You should not eat too much sugar or fat.

A diet without sugar or fat is not good, either. Eat a lot of vegetables. Avoid junk food and soft drinks. Remember to drink a lot of water.

• Exercise regularly. You can play a sport three or four times a week. You can even give up your bikes and cars and walk.

• Maintain a daily routine. This routine should balance between lifeand work. Being under great stress can destroy your health very quickly. Good health is what everyone wishes for. It is neither difficult nor easy to stay fit. You need to be determined to do good things for your health.

1. A healthful diet is important to your health.

2. You should never eat sugar or fat.

3. Walking is also a form of exercise.

4. Feeling stressed is bad for your health.

5. The passage gives reasons why we have to be healthy.

2. Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each numbered blank in the passage. (10 points)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Sleep is of great importance to our life. It provides our body time for relaxation. (6)........a good sleep at night, we wake up to be energetic and (7).............for a day of work

A. fit B. life C. night

or school. For a teenager, sleep means the time for the body to (8)............Experts advise sleeping 8 to 10 hours a night and (9).............a one-hour nap in the middle of the day. Continual lack of sleep causes bad health problems and (10)............... a child's growth.

6. A. Before B. During C. After

7. A. keen B. willing C. ready

8. A. grow B. improveC. lengthen

9. A. taking B. sleepingC. making

10. A. improvesB. delays C. affects

3. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word. (10 points)

The apple is a popular fruit around the world. It can (11)......................delicious juice, sauce and many kinds of desserts. In fact, the apple is one of the (12)....................grown tree fruits in the world. The apple trees have pink or white flowers and apples are (13)......................in autumn. Apples provide a lot of vitamin C, antioxidants, and fiber. Westerners believe that "an apple a day (14)......................the doctor away." Scientists and doctors say it is (15)....................

LISTENING

Listen to a talk about healthy eating

Task 1. Listen and complete the table. Write ONE WORD or NUMBER in each blank. (10 points)

Percentage of a meal Benefits

Vegetables & fruits

(1) _______% Provide (2) ______, minerals and fiber

Protein foods (3) _______% Build your (4) ___________ muscles and skins

Whole grain foods (5) ________%

Task 2. Listen and decide whether each of the following statements is TRUE or FALSE. (10 points)

6. With a healthy diet, your risk of heart attacks is lower.

7. Eggs belong to the protein food group.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

8. The speaker suggests eating as much meat as possible.

TrueFalse

9. Rice is an example of a whole grain food.

10. You should only eat a few kinds of foods.

SPEAKING:

Fill in each blank with an appropriate response from the list. There are TWO EXTRA responses. (10 points)

a. I played computer games.

b. I went to bed very early.

c. I'm afraid not.

d. I have a headache.

e. Two o'clock.

f. I ate nothing.

g. I ate a big sandwich, and I drank milk.

Dr. Black: What's the matter, Tom?

Tom: (1).........I can't stand it.

Dr. Black: When did it start?

Tom: When I woke up this morning. It's getting worse and worse.

Dr. Black: Have you eaten breakfast?

Tom: Yes. (2)........

Dr. Black: That's good. Did you have a good sleep last night?

Tom: (3).........

Dr. Black: Oh. What time did you go to bed?

Tom: Err. (4)........

Dr. Black: Did you have lots of homework? What did you do?

Tom: (5).........

Dr. Black: I see. You didn't have enough sleep. Take this medicine to feel better first. Then make sure you go to bed early every night.

Tom: Thank you, doctor.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

End –Of –Test N.1***
***

PART 1: PHONETICS

Exercise 1: Choose the words whose underlined part ispronounced differently from that of the others in each group 1.A.

Exercise 2: Choose the word whose main stressed syllable is placed differently from that of the other in each group.

PART 2: VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best completes each of the following sentences.

11. How much exercise__________ your brother do every week? A. do

does

12. Let’s go to the__________. I would like to eat seafood.

13. I have a lot of energy and I can doa lot of work. I feel__________. A. weak

14. She feels hot and sick. I think she has__________. A. a fever B. a headache

14. We don’t enjoy__________ fast food. It isn’t good for our health.

A. eat B. ate

16. How much soda__________ you drink every week?

A. do B. did

17. My mother doesn’t eat__________ junk food.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

A. some B. any

headache B. meat C.eat D. weak 2.A. enough B. should C. trouble D. amount 3.A. new
B. things C. students D. brains 4.A. vegetabl
B. smoothies C. lifestyles D. lunches 5.A.
B. asked C. helped D. placed
s
es
rested
healthy B. lifestyle C. soda D. advice
candy B. doctor C. address D. dentist 8. A. midnight B. problem C. structure D. repeat 9.A. solution B. chocolate C. principal D. exercise 10.A. understand B. interview C. introduce D. underline
6.A.
7.A.
B.
C. did D. is
B.
C. sports centre D. school
B.
C. strong D. tired
C. earache D. sore eye
A. restaurant
cafeteria
unhealthy
C. eaten D. eating
C.
D.
does
are
C.
D. many
a little

18. Fast food is a (an)__________ food for children who are putting on weight.

A. healthy B. unhealthy C. good D. better

19. My sister should__________ medicine because she has a fever now.

A. taking B. having C. have D. take

20. If you__________vitamins every day, your skin will be very fair.

A. take B. took C. taking D. taken

II. Give the correct form of the verbs to complete the sentences.

21. Having a________ lifestyle is very important. (health)

22. Unhealthy habits will make you tired and________. (weight)

23. Having enough sleep will help you focus and remember things more________. (easy)

24. She should go to the doctor because she has a________. (ear)

25. My________ even falls asleep at her desk because she stayed up too late last night. (class)

26. Drinking unclean water can cause ______________. (sick)

27. My uncle is a ______________. He doesn’t eat meat or fish. (vegetable)

28. I’m ______________ to shellfish, so I can’t eat lobster and shrimp. (allergy)

29 Lack of vitamin E can cause skin diseases and______________. (tired)

30. The symptoms of the disease include fever and ______________. (head)

PART 3: READING

III.Choose the most suitable word for each space. Choose the word which best fits each gap.

My friend, John, has had a few problems with hishealth. He didn't feel well, (31)__________ he told his parents about that. His mum said, "You should eat more vegetables. You shouldn't eat (32)__________ every day." His dad said, "You should go to bed earlier. You (33)__________ stay up so late at night." He phoned me and told me about the problems. I said, "Don't play so many computer games. Go outside and play football."

He didn't go to school last week. He went to (34)__________ the doctor. The doctor said, "You should stay at home for a week. Don't go out and don't turn on your computer."

At school today, he looked sad. We asked him, "What's wrong? You should be happy. You weren't here last week."

John is (35)__________ his school work from last week. He's not happy at all.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

31. A. because B. or C. and D. but

32. A. ready food

B. fresh food

C. traditional food

D. junk food

33. A. should B. shouldn’t

34. A. see B. look

35. A. taking B. making

C. must

C. look at

C. doing

IV. Read the text and choose the correct answer.

KEEPING OUR TEETH HEALTHY

D. mustn’t

D. find

D. playing

It's very important to have healthy teeth. Good teeth help us chew our food. They also help us look nice. How does a tooth go bad? The decay begins in a little crack in the enamel covering of the tooth. This happens after germs and bit of food have collected there. Then the decay slowly spreads inside to the tooth. Eventually, poison goes into the blood, and we may feel quite ill.

How can we keep our teeth healthy? First, we ought to visit the dentist twice a year. He can fill the small holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check that they are growing in the right way.

Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and fluoride toothpaste at least twice a day once after the breakfast and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal.

Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body: milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables, and fresh fruits. Chocolates, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals. They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.

36. Good teeth help us__________ our food.

A. be nice

C. chew

B. have good eyesight

D. be important

37. When food and germs collect food in a small crack, our teeth__________.

A. become hard

C. begin to decay

B. send poison into the blood

D. make us feel quite ill

38. A lot of people visit the dentist only when__________.

A. their teeth grow properly

C. they have toothache

39. we ought to clean our teeth__________.

A. once a day

C. between meals

40.We shouldn’t eat too much__________.

B. they have holes in their teeth

D. they have brush their teeth

B. at least twice a day

D. before breakfast

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

A. red meat

B. fresh fruit

C. fish

PART 4: WRITING

D. chocolate

Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning.

41. My mother loves doing morning exercise. (fond)

→My mother is____________________________________________________.

42. Let’s go to the cafeteria this afternoon!

→ How___________________________________________________________.

43. Eating fruit and vegetables is healthy.

→ It is____________________________________________________________.

44. I would to drink some orange juice now.

→ I want__________________________________________________________.

45. Don’t forget to sleep at least eight hours a day. It’s googfor you!

→ Remember_______________________________________________________.

Put the words in the correct order to make correct sentences.

46. I/ do/ every day./ think/ we/ morning exercise/ should

47. You/ junk food./ so/ much/ eat/ shouldn’t

48. How much/ do/ eat/ every week?/ fast food/ you _____________________________________________________________________.

49. The dentist/ me/ to/ told/ brush / teeth/ my/ twice / a day.

50. I/ am/keepingmy/ health/ doing/by/exercise every day.

***End –Of –Test N.2***

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

UNIT 2 HEALTH

VOCABULARY

ENGLISH TYPE PRONUNCIATION VIETNAMESE

allergy n /ˈælərdʒi/ dịứng

drink v /drɪŋk/ uống

eat v /it/ ăn

fast food n /fæst fud/ thức ăn nhanh

fruit n /frut/ trái cây

get v /gɛt/ nhận được

healthy a /ˈhɛlθi/ khoẻmạnh, có lợi cho sức khoẻ

junk food n /ʤʌŋk fud/ thức ăn nhanh có hại cho sức khỏe

lifestyle n /ˈlaɪfˌstaɪl/ cách sống, cách sinh hoạt

sleep v /slip/ giấc ngủ

soda n /ˈsoʊdə/ nước xô-đa

unhealthy a /ənˈhɛlθi/ ốm yếu, có hại cho sức khoẻ

cafeteria n /ˌkæfəˈtɪriə/ Quán ăn, căn tin effectively a /ɪˈfɛktɪvli/ Hiệu quả

vegetarian n /ˌvedʒəˈteəriən/ người ăn chay

cough n /kɒf/ ho

depression n /dɪˈpreʃn/ sựchán nản, buồnrầu

earache n /ˈɪəreɪk/ đau tai

itchy adj /ˈɪtʃi/ ngứa, gây ngứa

obesity n /əʊˈbiːsəti/ bệnh béo phì

runny nose n /ˈrʌninəʊz/ sỗmũi

sickness n /ˈsɪknəs/ sựốm, sựbệnh

sneeze v /sniːz/ hắt hơi

sore throat n /sɔː(r) θrəʊt/ đau họng, viêm họng

spot n /spɒt/ mụn nhọt

stomachache n /ˈstʌməkˌeɪk/ đau bụng

sunburn n /ˈsʌnbɜːn/ sựcháy nắng

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

sunburnt adj /ˈsʌnbɜːnt/ bịcháy nắng

temperature n /ˈtemprətʃər/ nhiệt độ

toothache n /ˈtuːθeɪk/ đau răng

weak adj /wiːk/ yếu

feel v /fil/ có cảm giác, cảm thấy

fever n /ˈfivər/ cơn sốt

get rest v /gɛt rɛst/ nghỉngơi have v /hæv/ sởhữu, có

keep v /kip/ giữ, duy trì

late a /leɪt/ trễ

lazy a /ˈleɪzi/ lười

medicine n /ˈmɛdəsən/ thuốc

sore throat n /sɔr θroʊt/ đau họng

stay up late v /steɪʌp leɪt/ thức khuya

take v /teɪk/ ăn uống

vitamin n /ˈvaɪtəmən/ vitamin

warm a /wɔrm/ ấm

feel v /fil/ có cảm giác, cảm thấy

fever n /ˈfivər/ cơn sốt

awake adj /əˈweɪk/ tỉnh, thức

calorie n /ˈkæləri/ calo

compound adj /ˈkɒmpaʊnd/ ghép, phức

concentrate v /ˈkɒnsnˌtreɪt/ tập trung

conjunction n /kənˈdʒʌŋkʃn/ liên từ

coordinate v /kəʊˈɔːdɪneɪt/ phối hợp, kết hợp

diet n /ˈdaɪət/ ăn kiêng, chếđộăn uống

essential adj /ɪˈsenʃl/ cần thiết, thiết yếu

expert n /ˈekspɜːt/ chuyên gia

junk food n /ˈʤʌŋkfuːd/ đồăn nhanh, quà vặt

myth n /mɪθ/ thần thoại, chuyện hoang đường

pay attention v /peɪəˈtenʃn/ chú ý, lưu ý

put on weight v /pʊtɒnweɪt/ tăng cân

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

sleep in v /sliːpɪn/ ngủnướng

headache take medicine cough have a sorethroat

drink soda high temperature get some sleep keep warm allergy obesity stay up late eat fruit and vegetables

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN

/steɪɪn ʃeɪp/ giữdáng, giữcơ thểcân đối
/ˈsʌnbeɪð/ tắm nắng
n /traɪˈæθlɒn/ cuộc thi thểthao phối hợp
môn
OFFICIAL stay in shape v
sunbathe v
triathlon
3
1 headache 2. cough 3 drink soda 4 get some sleep 5high temperature 6.have a sorethroat 7.allergy 8 eat fruit and
Task 1. Look at the pictures and complete the blanks.

9 stay up late 10… obesity

Task 2. Use the given words to complete the sentences .

11 keep warm

12 take medicine

junk food depression shape healthy allergy fast food tired physical diet itchy

1. My sister has an __ allergy __to sunflowers so I don’t arrange them in the house.

2. If you follow a balanced__ diet ______, you will have a healthy life.

3. Don’t eat much __ .junk food ______because it may cause obesity.

4. Some people suffer from _ depression _______after losing their jobs.

5. She stays in __ shape ______ by exercising daily and eating well.

6. He looks so__ tired ____. He can’t keep his eyes open!

7. If you want to be fit, stay outdoors more and do more physical activities. The seafood I ate this morning makes me feel itchy all over.

Task 3. Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences.

1.You should eat a lot of fruits and vegetables because they vitamin A, which is good for the eyes.

A. run B. take C. provide D. get

2.The health from that diet expert is that you should eat less junk food and count your calories if you are becoming fat.

A. advices B. ideas C. tip D. tips

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

3.The seafood I ate this morning makes me feel all over.

A. itchy B. weak C. running D. well

4.If you want to be fit, stay outdoors more and do more activities.

A. physics B. physic C. physical D. physically

5.Do more exercise eat more fruit and vegetables.

A. and B. so C. but D. although

6.After working in computer for long hours, you should your eyes and relax.

A. wake B. rest C. sleep D. sleep in

7.Eat less high-fat foods to keep you from fat.

A. gaining B. reducing C. getting D. rising

8.We should follow the advice from doctors and healthin order to keep fit.

A. managers B. experts C. people D. workers

9.Have a healthy and you can enjoy your life.

A. lifeline B. lively C. lives D. lifestyle

10.They go outside even when it’s cold.

A. swims B. swimming C. swimming D. swam

11.Rob eats a lot of fast food and he on a lot of weight.

A. spends B. brings C. takes D. puts

12.We need to spend less time computer games.

A. playing B. to playing C. play D. to play

13.To prevent , you should eat a lot of garlic and keep your body warm.

A. cold B. mumps C. flu D. headache

14.Becareful with you eat and drink.

A. who B. this C. what D. that

15.Eating a lot of junk food may lead to your .

A. pain B. stomachache C. obesity D. fitness

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

flu, playing sports, cough, walking, sore throat, watching TV fever, gardening, allergy, swimming, runny nose, doing aerobics, headache, exercising, sneezing, cycling, red skin, relaxing, stomachache, sleeping

Task 4. Put the words into the correct column.

Illnesses and symptoms Activities

flu, cough, sore throat, fever, allergy, runny nose, headache, sneezing, red skin, stomachache

playing sports, walking, watching TV, gardening, swimming, doing aerobics, exercising, cycling, relaxing, sleeping

Task 5. Give the correct form of the word given to complete the sentence.

1. Is she well enough to run one kilometer? (GOOD)

2. “Ow! Be careful with that coffee.” - “Look, now I have a burn on my arm” (BURNING)

3. Rob has a temperature of 39.50C (TEMPERATE)

4. Don’t eat so quickly. You’ll get a toothache (TEETH)

5. I have a . pain in my back. I’m going to lie down. (PAINFUL)

6. That’s a bad cough . Why don’t you have a glass of water? (COUGHING)

7. “I have stomachache .” - “Why don’t you telephone the doctor?” (STOMACH)

8. My arm hurts after thetable tennis match (HURT)

9. “I have a headache .” - “That’s because you watchtoo much TV.” (HEAD)

10. Lan was absent from class because of her _ sickness (SICK)

11. I have an _appointment - with my doctor at 5p.m. (APPOINT)

12. She is still receiving a _ medical _________treatment in a hospital. (MEDICINE)

13. People fell unpleasant _________when they catch a common cold. (PLEASE)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

14. She’s__ allergic ___ to seafood. So when she eats them, she will have stomachache problems. (ALLERGY)

15. You should choose foods and drinks_ carefull _______ to prevent some dangerous diseases. (CARE)

16. He continues___ sneezing ____ because he is catching a flu. (SNEEZE)

17. He can reduce his serious__ depression ___ when he relaxes in time and does exercise regularly. (DEPRESS)

18. If you provide yourself with enough vitamins, you will make a better_ concentration _____ on your work or study. (CONCENTRATE)

19. I got __ sunburnt ____________ during my beach vacation. (SUNBURN)

20. Lack of vitamin E can cause skin diseases and _ tiredness

(TIRED)

GRAMMAR

1. Should and shouldn’t

a. Form

(+) S + should + V-bare inf

(-) S + shouldn’t + V-bare inf

(?) Should + S + V-bare inf?

- Students should wear uniform. (Học sinh nên mặc đồng phục.)

- We should wear warm coats in this weather. (Chúng ta nên mặc áo khoác ấm trong thời tiết này.)

b. Use

Dùng đểkhuyên ai đó nên hay không nên làm điều gì.

- She should go to the doctor.(Chịấy nên đến gặp bác sĩ.)

- He shouldn’t eat so much candy. (Anh ấy không ăn nhiều kẹo)

- They should study hard. (Họnên học hành chăm chỉ.)

2. Indefinite quantifiers

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Use: Cách sửdụng:

a little:1 vài, 1 chút, 1 ít (dùng trong câu khẳng định với danh từkhông đếm được)

_________.

Task

some: 1 vài, 1 chút, 1 ít (dùng trong câu khẳng định với danh từđếm được sốnhiều hoặc danh từkhông đếm được)

any: 1 vài, 1 chút, 1 ít (dùng trong câu phủđịnh hoặc nghi vấn)

many: nhiều (dùng với danh từđếm được) (not) much: nhiều (dùngvới danh từkhông đếm được, thường dùng trong câu phủđịnh và nghi vấn)

lots of/ a lot of:nhiều (dùng với danh từđếm được sốnhiều và danh từkhông đếm được)

Example : Ví dụ

- I drink a little orange juice every morning.

- My mother eats some fruit after lunch.

- I don’t do much exercise so I am getting fat.

3. Imperative with “more” and “less”

Chúng ta dùng câu mệnh lệnh với more và less theo công thức sau:

V + more/less!

Ví dụ: Do more exercise! Drink more water!

Hãy tập thểdục nhiều hơn! Hãy uống nước nhiều hơn! Eat less fast food! Sleep less than 10 hours per day!

Hãy ăn ít đồăn nhanh hơn! Hãy ngủít hơn 10 giờmỗi ngày!

1. Use should/ shouldn’t to complete the sentences.

1. She has a toothache. She should/ shouldn’t eat so much candy.

2. I have a headache. I should/ shouldn’t take some medicine.

3. Mary wants to lose weight. She should/ shouldn’t eat junk food more.

4. What should I do to lose weight? - You should/ shouldn’t eat more fruit and vegetables.

5. You lookvery tired. You should/ shouldn’t get some rest.

6. Linda has a stomachache. - She should/ shouldn’t drink so much soda.

7. I feel tired. You should/ shouldn’t take a rest and sleep enough.

8. I have a sore eye. You should/ shouldn’t play a lot of video games.

9. I am putting on weight. You should/ shouldn’t do more exercise.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

10. This food contains a lot of fat and sugar. You should/ shouldn’t eat too much.

Task 2. Circlethe correct words.

1. I don’t eat any/ some fast food.

2. We should drink any/ some fruit juice now.

3. She doesn’t do any/ some exercise today.

4. My brother can play any/ some sports such as: soccer, volleyball, badminton, table tennis…

5. She does many/ a little exercise in the morning.

6. How much/ any fruit do you eat every day?

7. We should drink lots of/ much water every day.

8. My daughter doesn’t watch much/ many TV every day.

9. Tommy doesn’t eat any/ a little salad every day.

10. How much/ many beer does your father drink every week?

1.Your eyes look very tired. Let your eyes rest more / less and watch more / less TV.

2.If you want to stay in shape, eat more / less healthy food like fruits, vegetables or fish.

3.Drink more / less water when you have a high fever.

4.If you want to lose weight, eat more / less junk food.

5.Sunbathe more / less to avoid getting sunburnt.

6.The popular thing to lose weight is “eat more / less and exercise more / less”.

7.Stay outdoors and do more / less physical activities. You will be more healthy.

8.Spend more / less time in front of screens, such as the phone, TV or computer. It’s not good for your eyes.

do play eat sleep watch eat drink read spend do

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

1. . Play less ___________video games or your eyes will be hurt.

2. Eat more ___________ fruit, vegetables or nuts because they are healthy.

Task 3A. Underline the correct words. Task 3B. Complete the imperatives with more or less, using the verbs in the box.

3. Sleep more _________ if you want to be more active.

4. Japanese ___ eat more _________ fish instead of meat, so they stay more healthy.

5. If you want to improve your knowledge, __ read more __________ books.

6. Watch less ___________ TV because too much TV is really bad for your eyes.

7. If you’re outside on a hot day, _ drink more ___________ water.

8. Do more __________ exercise, and you will feel fitter and healthier.

9. Spend less ___________ time on social media, so you can focus on your tasks.

10. Stay outdoors and __ do more ________ physical activities. You will be more healthy.

1. I have spots on my face.

2. I get sunburn.

3. I’ve got a flu.

4. I’m putting on weight.

5. I have a toothache. My tooth hurt.

6. I have a sore throat.

7. My eyes are sore and tired.

1._g a. You should go to your dentist.

2._d b. Eat less junk food and do more exercies.

3._f c. You shouldn’t drink cold drinks..

4._b d. Apply an aloe vera lotion and drink lót of water .

5._a e. Spend less time infront of the screen.

6._c f. Stay at home and have a rest.

7._e g. Wash your face regularly.

1. Nam looks brown. He was on holiday last week. He (get)… has got …………sunburn.

2. Getting plenty of rest is very good. It (help)…… helps …….you to avoid depression.

3. The Japanese (eat)……… eat ……..a lot of fish so they are very intelligent.

4. If you wash your hands more, you (have)… will have …….less chance of catching flu.

5. Eating carrots regularly (help)……… helps ……….you see better.

6. It isvery hot outside. Please (wear)……… wear …………a sun hat when you go out.

7. Do more exercise and you (feel)……… will feel ………………..healthier.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

8. I don’t want (be)…………… to be ………………..tired tomorrow so I go to bed early.

Task 4. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct tense form. Task 3. Match the health problems with the correct advices.

9. Nowadays, I don’t feel well. I often (feel)…… feel ………………….sick and weak.

10. People who ( smile)……… smile …….more are happier and they live longer.

11. It is important (eat) to eat well.

12. It (be) is very cold today. You should wear your warm clothes when you (go) out to prevent cold.

13. Do morning exercise every day and you’ll (feel) will feel better.

14. I have a lot of homework to do this evening, so I ( not have) _ do not have _______ time to watch the football match.

15. (Eat) Eating junk food and inactivity (be) are the main causes of obesity.

16. I (have) have a headache and I need to rest more.

17. I (have) have a toothache so I (have to/ see) have to see the dentist.

18. I have to take medicines because I (be) am sick.

19. Japanese (eat) eat more fish instead of meat, so they (stay) stay more healthy.

20. When you (have) have a fever, you (should/ drink) should drink more water and rest more.

21. A healthy diet (help) will help us feel healthier.

22. Watching TV much (hurt) will hurt your eyes.

Task 5. Join each pair of sentences by using a suitable conjunction: and, but, or, so.

1.To stay healthy, you should eat more vegetables. You eat less high- fatfood. To stay healthy, you should eat more vegetables and eat less high- fatfood.

2.Junk food tastes so good. It is bad for your health. Junk food tastes so good, but it is bad for your health.

3.You should eat less junk food. You will put on weight. You should eat less junk food or you will put on weight.

4.He is a vegetarian. He doesn’t eat any meat. He is a vegetarian, so he doesn’t eat any meat.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

5.Would you like meat for lunch? Would you like vegetables for lunch? Would you like meat or vegetables for lunch?

6.Susan went to the park. She had a ride on the swing. Susan wentto the park and had a ride on the swing.

7.I love fruit. I am allergic to strawberries. I love fruit, but I am allergic to strawberries.

8. To prevent flu, we eat alots of garlic.We keep our bodies, especially feet warm. To prevent flu, we eat alots of garlic and keep our bodies, especially feet warm.

Sentences Correction

1. My brother loves play chess when he has free time.

2.I find woodcarving interest because it’s creative.

3.Many people wait for the dentist at the moment.

4. They have donated blood three months ago.

5. Did you finished your homework yet?

6.I’d like to go, and I have to study for my test tonight.

7.Eat more fast food, or you’ll put on weight.

8.Do you think staying at home all day is bored?

9. She is very nervousbecause she has some spoton her face.

10. You can playtable tennis, bothyou can go skating at the weekend.

play → playing/to play interest→interesting wait → are waiting have donated → donated Did → Have and → but more → less bored → boring spot → spots both → and

Task

Choose the underlined word or phrase (marked A,B, C or D) in each sentence that needs correcting.

1. My father often takesmy sister andme tothe cinema atspecial occasions. A B C D

2. My younger brother had temperatureand felt tiredyesterday, so I was worried about him somuch. A B C

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

D
Task 6. There is one mistake in each sentence. Underline and correct the mistake. 7.

3. They providesome food and drink withthe poorpeople in their community more often. A B C D

4. I think he will goto the book fair nextSunday because he loves to readbooks so much. A B C D

5. Be less carefulwhen you eat some kindsof food, my dear! You may have allergiesif A B C you don't takemy advice.

6. She likes eatingfish, soshe also likes drinkingmineral water. A B C D

7. It has beentwo weeks sincehe has workedfor this non-profitorganisation A B C D

8. Eat morejunk food! You will get overweightif you keepdoing that. A B C D

9. You shouldn'tstay at home all day becauseit's badfor your health. Go out less! A B C D

10. You havea sorethroat, butyou shouldn't talk more. A B C D

LISTENING

Task 1: Listen to the passage and decided if the statements are True (T) or False (F)

1. Sheila is a student. T

2. Sheila has vegetables and meat for lunch. T

3. Sheila does not like juice, but she likes mineral water. F

4. Sheila does not do any sport activities. F

5. Sheila usually goes to bed after 11p.m. F

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

D

1. Sheila goes to in the morning and comes back home at 2 in the afternoon.

2. After coming home, she usually takes a shower and has -

3. She has chicken or fish with riceand salad and she likes drinking .

4.In the evening, Sheila walks to the .

5. Sheila never goes to bed after ten because she needs to get enough rest to

Sheila is 12 years old. She goes to school in the morning and comes back home at 2 in the afternoon. Then she usually takes a shower and has lunch. Sheila usually eats vegetables and some meat. For example, she has chicken or fish with rice and salad and she likes drinking water or juice. After that, she brushes her teeth. In the evening, Sheila walks to the sports center. There, she plays tennis or does some exercises. When she is hungry, she always eats some fruit. Sheila never goes to bed after ten because she needs to get enough rest to get up early in the morning.

SPEAKING

I. Match the questions and the answers. Then read aloud.

1.How many calories should I eat in a day?

a. A little better, but still feel tired.

b. Wash your face daily and use gentle skin

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

1. School 2. Lunch 3.water or juice 4.sport center 5.get up early in the morning
Task 2: Look at the table and fill in the blanks:

2.Shall we go and play basketball?

care products.

3.What activity uses a lot of calories?

4.What should I do to prevent spots?

5.How do you feel now?

6.What happens when we don’t have enough calories?

7.Why should people drink green tea?

8. What should I do to lose weight?

c. Eat less junk food and do more exercise

d. Count me out. 1 prefer to stay home.

e. We’ll feel tired and weak.

f. Between 1,600 and 2,500.

g. I think it’s running.

h. Because it can help prevent cancer

1. What do you do to stay healthy?

2.What kind of exercise do you practise?

3.What do you often eat?

4.How often do you visit the doctor?

5.How often do you have fast food?

6.What stress do you often have?

7.What are you allergic to?

8.Which do you like to drink, coke or fruit juice? Why?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

1.__f___ 2.__d___3.__g___4.__b___5.__a___6.__e___7.__h___8.__c___ Task 2. Talk about what you do to stay healthy.

Task 1: Read and answer the questions:

Mark always gets up at twelve in the morning. He does not have breakfast. Mark likes having hamburgers, pizza, crisps and hot dogs for lunch. He always has fizzy drinks like cola. So there are not any vegetables or fruit at home. After lunch, he takes the bus to school - 300 meters far away. At six o’clock, Mark goes to the bus stop and comes back home. He sits on his dad’s sofa and watches TV for three hours. When he is hungry, he eats lots of sweets or chocolate biscuits and he always drinks cola. He usually goes to sleep at eleven or twelve because that he likes playing computer games. He usually stays at home all day at weekends.

1. What time does Mark start his day?

2. 12:00

3. What does Mark usually have for lunch?

1. hamburgers, pizza, crisps and hot dogs

2. How does Mark go to school?

………… By bus ……

3. Does Mark go back home by bus?

……………… Yes, he does.

4. How long doesMark spends on watching TV after class? for three hours

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

READING

Task 2. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D that best fits the blank space in the following passage.

It’s important to (1) well, especially when you are studying. If you are at primary (2) , you may not go home for lunch and have a cooked meal of meat or (3) and vegetables. A chicken and lettuce sandwich, with some (4) fruit would be a light but (5) lunch. Many people around the world eat plain, boiled (6) two or three times a day. Pupils and students often don’t eat (7) when they’re revising for an exam – they eat chocolate and (8) lots of black coffee! And by the way, doctors say everybody should start the day with healthy (9) . It’s also good for you to drink a lot of (10)________through the day.

1. A. launching B. emitting

Task 3. Fill in the blank with a suitable word in the box.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

C
D
peaking
C. spaceships D. rockets
C. with D. fish
C. as wellas D. such as 5
C. went off D. healthy 6.
B.
C. observatories D. watcher 7.A
B
C. well D. except for 8 A. weightlessness B. drink C. wavelengths D. length 9. A. space B. atmosphere C. vacant D. breakfast 10. A. scientists B. drivers C. water D. astronaut
. eat
.
2. A. school B. weapons
3.A. to B. towards
4. A. as soon as B. fresh
. A. burnt B. explored
A. rice
audience
. sent back
. returned to

spend from exercise fit ride for tired energy in calorie

We need calories or (1) energy to do the things everyday. For example, when we walk or (2) ride a bike to school, we spend a certain amount of (3) calories and even when we sleep, we also use them. But how many calories should we (4) spend a day to stay in shape? It’s difficult (5) for us to calculate. If people want to keep (6) . fit ,they should remember that everyone should have between 1600 and 2500 calories a day.

We get calories (7) from the food we eat. If we get too much food and don’t take part (8) in any activities, we canget fat quickly. So besides studying, we should do some (9) exercise , play sports or do the housework, such as cleaning the floor, cooking etc., if we don’t eat enough, we feel (10) tired and weak.

How many calories can you burn in one hour? Well, it all depends on the activity. You use calories all the time, even when you are resting. Reading, sleeping, sitting and sunbathing all use about 60 calories an hour. Very light activities use 75 calories. Examples are eating, writing, knitting, shaving, driving and washing up. Light activities which use about 100 calories an hour include playing the piano, getting dressed and having a shower. Under moderate activities which use between 100 and 200 calories an hour we can put walking, doing housework, shopping and skating. Energetic activities use 200-400 calories. Those activities include horse riding, cycling, swimming, skipping and dancing. Finally there are strenuous activities which use up to 600 calories an hour. These activities include climbing stairs, jogging,digging the garden and playing football.

1. Horse riding uses the most amount of calories. F

2. Reading uses as many calories as writing. F

3. The calories we burn for eating and washing up are the same. T

4. Walking is a very light activity. F

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

5. Sunbathing uses more calories than driving. F

Task 4. Read the following passage and write T (true) or F (false) for each statement.

6. When we are resting, we don’t burn calories. F

7. Having a shower uses only 100 calories an hour. T

8. Cycling and dancing use the same amount of calories. T

9. Playing football uses fewer calories than swimming. F

10. The amount of calories we use an hour depends on the activity we do. T

WRITING

1.Phong/ eat/ lots of/ junk food/ so/ he/ putting/ weight.

Phong eats lots of junk food, so he is putting on weight.

2.I/ exercise/ daily/ because/ I/ want/ stay/ healthy.

I exercise daily because I want to stay healthy.

3.Sitting/ too/ close/ the TV/ hurt/ your eyes. Sitting too close to the TV hurts your eyes.

4.She/ often/ take/ paracetamol/ if/ she/ get / bad/ headache. She often takes paracetamol if she gets a bad headache.

5.how many calories/ you/ bum/ do/ aerobics/ 2 hours?

How many calories do you burn doing aerobics for 2 hours?

1. getting/ enough/ sleep/ help/ students/ do/ their best/ the classroom. Getting enough sleep helps students (to) do their best in the classroom.

1.cold/ I/ sore throat/ love/ a/ drinks/ but/ have/ I.

I love cold drinks, but I have a sore throat.

2.Jim/ overweight/ so/ eats/ is/ fast food/too much/ he.

Jim eats too much fast food so he is overweight.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

3.too much/ bad/ television/ watching/ for/ health/ your/ is?

Task 1. Make sentences using wordsgiven. Task 2. Arrange the words to make sentences.

Is watching too much television bad for your health?

4.the flu/ should/ you/ a cold/ if/ have/ or/ you/ home/ stay.

If you have the flu or a cold you should stay home.

5.Alex/ usually/ fishing/ so/ loves/ goes/ in/ near/ he/ his house/ fishing/ the lake. Alex loves fishing so he usually goes fishing in the lake near his house.

6.you/ some/ clean/ yourself/ avoid/ diseases/ by/ can/ keeping.

You can avoid some diseases by keeping yourself clean.

Task 4. Write a paragraph (100 - 150 words) to talk about HOW TO KEEP A HEALTHYLIFE

TEST FOR UNIT N.1

I. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR.

Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each of the following sentences. (15 points)

Question 1. John's eaten a lot of food but he's still............................

A. tired

B. sick

C. hungry

Question 2. John ………….. a headache and the doctor has given him some medicine.

A. has B. is

C. gets

Question 3. …….... such as bees help the flowers make seeds.

A. Insects B. Animals

C. Plants

Question 4. 1 can't eat this fruit. It's ………………

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

A. sweet B. delicious

C. bitter

……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………

Question 5. Going in the sun for two hours, I felt……………..and had to sit down.

A. energetic B. dizzy C. fit Question 6. Teenagers.......go to bed early. It's good for them.

A. should B. may C. can Question 7. Remember not to add too.......salt to the soup.

A. many B. much C. more Question 8. Jack is too busy and he doesn't have.....time for relaxation.

A. some B. any C. no Question 9. You.......run so fast at first. It's better to start by jogging slowly.

A. should not B. need not C. cannot Question 10. Peter and John.........about ten hours a day.

A. are sleeping B. have slept C. sleep Question 11. ..........his lack of sleep, he cannot work well.

A. Instead of B. In spite of C. Because of Question 12. What does the sign say? Choose the best option.

A. You have to wear a mask to enter our place

B. You do not need a mask al our place.

C. You should wear a mask Io go ahead Question 13. What does the sign say? Choose the best option.

A. You must not lock the door here.

B. You must not leave the door open.

C. You must not enter through this door.

Choose the option whose underlined port is pronounced differently from that of the others.

Question 14.

A. apples B. carrots C. potatoes Question 15.

B. life

C. night

II. WORD FORMATION

Supply the correct forms of the given words. (10 points)

1. It is __ unhealthy_ for young children to eat too much candy. (HEALTH)

2. John practices English with his brother ____ nightly ____________. (NIGHT)

3. Do you knowwhat this flower _ symbolizes / symbolises_? (SYMBOL)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

4. She's going to hospital for a __________ medical ______ check-up. (MEDICINE)

5. John's __ sickness _does not prevent him from attending the lecture. (SICK)

READING

1. Read the following passage and decide whether each of the statements 1 -5 is TRUE or FALSE. (5 points)

Nothing is as precious as good health. Following are some guidelines to being fit and healthy:

• Eat a healthful diet. You should eat a variety of food. You should not eat too much sugar or fat.

A diet without sugar or fat is not good, either. Eat a lot of vegetables. Avoid junk food and soft drinks. Remember to drink a lot of water.

• Exercise regularly. You can play a sport three or four times a week. You can even give up your bikes and cars and walk.

• Maintain a daily routine. This routine should balance between life and work. Being under great stress can destroy your health very quickly. Good health is what everyone wishes for. It is neither difficult nor easy to stay fit. You need to be determined to do good things for your health.

1. A healthful diet is important to your health.

2. You should never eat sugar or fat.

3. Walking is also a form of exercise.

4. Feeling stressed is bad for your health.

5. The passage gives reasons why we have to be healthy.

2. Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each numbered blank in the passage. (10 points)

Sleep is of great importance to our life. It provides our body time for relaxation. (6)........a good sleep at night, we wake up to be energetic and (7).............for a day of work or school. For a teenager, sleep means the time for the body to (8)............Experts advise sleeping 8 to 10 hours a night and (9).............a one-hour nap in themiddle of the day. Continual lack of sleep causes bad health problems and (10)............... a child's growth.

6. A. Before B. During C. After

7. A. keen B. willing C. ready

8. A. grow B. improveC. lengthen

9. A. taking B. sleepingC. making

10. A.improvesB. delays C. affects

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

3. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word. (10 points)

True False
F
F
T
T
F

The apple is a popular fruit around the world. It can (11)...... make ................delicious juice, sauce and many kinds of desserts. In fact, the apple is one of the (12)....... most.............grown tree fruits in the world. The apple trees have pink or white flowers and apples are (13).... harvested / picked ..................in autumn. Apples provide a lot of vitamin C, antioxidants, and fiber. Westerners believe that "an apple a day (14)......... keeps.............the doctor away." Scientists and doctors say it is (15)...... true

WRITING

1. Rearrange the given phrases to make a complete sentence. (10 points)

1. us/day?/water/each/a/how/should/of/much/drink

.How much water should each of us drink a day?

2. television/should/day./too/teenagers/every/not/much/watch Teenagers should not watch too much television every day.___ _____

3. eat/Japanese people/a healthier diet/fish and vegetables./have/because/a lot of/they Japanese people have a healthier diet because they eat a lot of fish and vegetables.

4. tree/soil. /roots/food/water/the/the/from/a/ta ke/and/of The roots of a tree take food and water from the soil.

5. have/not/weekends./Jack/any/does/homework/at Jack does not have any homework at weekends .

2. Rewrite the following sentences with the given words and/or beginnings in such a way that the meanings stay unchanged. (10 points)

6. John always drinks a glass of water before meals. (HABIT)

John has the habit of drinking a glass of water before meals

7. John is not so energetic now as he was last year.

John was more energetic last year than (he is) now.____now

8. Jack didn't sleep well last night, so he is tired now.

Because Jack didn't sleep well last night, he is tired now.

9. Of all vegetables, Jack likes carrots the most.

Jack's favorite___ vegetables are carrots.

10. It's good for you to stop smoking. (GIVE)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

You ____ should give up smoking.

LISTENING

Listen to a talk about healthy eating Task 1. Listen and complete the table. Write ONE WORD or NUMBER in each blank. (10 points)

Percentage of a meal Benefits

Vegetables & fruits (1) __50_% Provide (2) _ vitamins _____, minerals and fiber

Protein foods (3) _25_____%

Whole grain foods (5) __25__%

Build your (4) ___ bones___ muscles and skins

Task 2. Listen and decide whether each of the following statements is TRUE or FALSE. (10 points)

6. With a healthy diet, your risk of heart attacks is lower.

7. Eggs belong to the protein food group.

8. The speaker suggests eating as much meat as possible.

9. Rice is an example of a whole grain food.

10. You should only eat a few kinds of foods.

SPEAKING:

Fill in each blank with an appropriate response from the list. There are TWO EXTRA responses. (10 points)

a. I played computer games.

b. I went to bed very early.

c. I'm afraid not.

d. I have a headache.

e. Two o'clock.

f. I ate nothing.

g. I ate a big sandwich, and I drank milk.

Dr. Black: What's the matter, Tom?

Tom: (1)..... d....I can't stand it.

Dr. Black: When did it start?

Tom: When I woke up this morning. It's getting worse and worse.

Dr. Black: Have you eaten breakfast?

Tom: Yes. (2).. g......

Dr. Black: That's good. Did you have a good sleep last night?

Tom: (3)... c

......

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Dr. Black: Oh. What time did you go to bed?

TrueFalse
T
T
F
T
F

Tom: Err. (4).. e......

Dr. Black: Did you have lots of homework? What did you do?

Tom: (5)... a......

Dr. Black: I see. You didn't have enough sleep. Take this medicine to feel better first. Then make sure you go to bed early every night.

Tom: Thank you, doctor.

***End – Of – Test N.1***

PART 1: PHONETICS

TEST FOR UNIT N.2

Exercise 1: Choose the words whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each group

2: Choose the word whose main stressed syllable is placed differently from that of the other in each group.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

1. A. headache B. meat C.eat D. weak 2.A. enough B. should C. trouble D. amount 3.A. news B. things C. students D. brains 4.A. vegetables B. smoothies C. lifestyles D. lunches 5. A. rested B. asked C. helped D. placed
6.A. healthy B. lifestyle C. soda D. advice 7.A. candy B. doctor C. address D. dentist 8. A. midnight B. problem C. structure D. repeat
Exercise

9. A. solution B. chocolate C. principal D. exercise

10.A. understand B. interview C. introduce D. underline

PART 2: VOCABULARY & GRAMMAR

I. Choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best completes each of the following sentences.

11. How much exercise__________ your brother do every week?

A. do B. does

A. restaurant B. cafeteria

did

is 12. Let’s go to the__________. I would like to eat seafood.

sports centre

13. I have a lot of energy and I can doa lot of work. I feel__________.

A. weak B. unhealthy

14. She feels hot and sick. I think she has__________.

A. a fever B. a headache

strong

earache

15. We don’t enjoy__________ fast food. It isn’t good for our health.

A. eat B. ate

eaten

16. How much soda__________ you drink every week?

school

tired

sore eye

eating

A. do B. did

does

are 17. My mother doesn’t eat__________ junk food.

A. some B. any C. a little

many 18. Fast food is a (an)__________ food for children who are putting on weight.

A. healthy B. unhealthy

good

19. My sister should__________ medicine because she has a fever now.

better

A. taking B. having

A. take B. took

taking

have

take 20. If you__________vitamins every day, your skin will be very fair.

taken

II. Give the correct form of the verbs to complete the sentences.

21. Having a___healthy_____ lifestyle is very important. (health)

22. Unhealthy habits will make you tired and___overweight_____. (weight)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

23. Having enough sleep will help you focus and remember things more_easily_______. (easy)

24. She should go to the doctor because she has a__earache______.

C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.

(ear)

25. My__classmate______ even falls asleep at her desk because she stayed up too late last night. (class)

26.Drinking unclean water can cause __sickness____________. (sick)

27. My uncle is a _vegetarian_____________. He doesn’t eat meat or fish. (vegetable)

28.I’m ____allergic__________ to shellfish, so I can’t eat lobster and shrimp. (allergy)

29. Lack of vitamin E can cause skin diseases and _tiredness _____________. (tired)

30. The symptoms of the disease include fever and __headache____________. (head)

PART 3: READING

III.Choose the most suitable word for each space. Choose the word which best fits each gap.

My friend, John, has had a few problems with his health. He didn't feel well, (31)__________ he told his parents about that. His mum said, "You should eat more vegetables. You shouldn't eat (32)__________ every day." His dad said,"You should go to bed earlier. You (33)__________ stay up so late at night." He phoned me and told me about the problems. I said, "Don't play so many computer games. Go outside and play football."

He didn't go to school last week. He went to (34)__________ the doctor. The doctor said, "You should stay at home for a week. Don't go out and don't turn on your computer."

At school today, he looked sad. We asked him, "What's wrong? You should be happy. You weren't here last week."

John is (35)__________ his school work from last week. He's not happy at all.

KEEPING OUR TEETH HEALTHY

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

It's very important to have healthy teeth. Good teeth help us chew our food. They also help us look nice. How does a tooth go bad? The decay begins in a little crack in the enamel covering of the tooth. This happens after germs and bit of food have collected there. Then the decay slowly spreads inside to the tooth. Eventually, poison goes into the

31. A. because B. or C. and D. but 32. A. ready food B. fresh food C. traditional food D. junk food 33. A. should B. shouldn’t C. must D. mustn’t 34. A. see B. look C. look at D. find 35. A. taking B.
C. doing D.
making
playing IV. Read the text and choose the correct answer.

blood, and we may feel quite ill.

How can we keep our teeth healthy? First, we ought to visit the dentist twice a year. He can fill the small holes in our teeth before they destroy the teeth. He can examine our teeth to check that they are growing in the right way.

Secondly, we should brush our teeth with a toothbrush and fluoride toothpaste at least twice a day once after the breakfast and once before we go to bed. We can also use wooden toothpicks to clean between our teeth after a meal.

Thirdly, we should eat food that is good for our teeth and our body: milk, cheese, fish, brown bread, potatoes, red rice, raw vegetables, and fresh fruits. Chocolates, sweets, biscuits and cakes are bad, especially when we eat them between meals. They are harmful because they stick to our teeth and cause decay.

36. Good teeth help us__________ our food.

A. be nice

C. chew

B. have good eyesight

D. be important

37. When food and germs collect food in a small crack, our teeth__________.

A. become hard

C. begin to decay

B. send poison into the blood

D. make us feel quite ill

38. A lot of people visit the dentist only when__________.

A. their teeth grow properly

C. they have toothache

39. we ought to clean our teeth__________.

A. once a day

C. between meals

40.We shouldn’t eat too much__________.

A. red meat

C. fish

PART 4: WRITING

B. they have holes in their teeth

D. they have brush their teeth

B. at least twice a day

D. before breakfast

B. fresh fruit

D. chocolate

Rewrite the following sentences without changing the meaning.

41. My mother loves doing morning exercise. (fond)

→My mother is fontof doing morning exersies_________________________.

42. Let’s go to the cafeteria this afternoon!

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

→ How about going to the cafeteria this afternoon?___________________

43. Eating fruit and vegetables is healthy.

→ It is healthyto eat fruits and vegetables______________.

44. I would to drink some orange juice now.

→ I want__to drink some orange juice now.____________.

45. Don’t forget to sleep at least eight hours a day. It’s goodfor you!

→ Remember tosleep at least eight hours a day. It’s good for you. Put the words in the correct order to make correct sentences.

46. I/ do/ every day./ think/ we/ morning exercise/ should I think we should do morning exercise everyday.

47. You/ junk food./so/ much/ eat/ shouldn’t You shouldn’t eat so much junk food.

48. How much/ do/ eat/ every week?/ fast food/ you _How much fastfood do you eat every week. ________________________________.

49. The dentist/ me/ to/ told/ brush / teeth/ my/ twice / a day. The dentist to me that I should brush my teeth twice a day._____

50. I/ am/ keeping my/ health/ doing/ by/exercise every day. I’m keeping my health by doing exercises every day. ***End – Of – Test N.2***

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

UNI T 7 TRANSPORTAT ION PRONOUNCIATION

1. Stress in two syllable words (Trọng âm của từ có 2 âm tiết)

- Trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết đầu khi âm tiết thứ hai của âm tiết đó chứa 1 nguyên âm ngắn và kết thúc với ít hơn hoặc bằng 1 phụ âm.

- Trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai khi âm tiết thứ hai của âm tiết đó chứa 1 nguyên âm dài hoặc 1 nguyên âm đôi hoặc kết thúc bằng 2 phụ âm trở lên.

N Nếu t utut từ ñó l ñó l ñó ñó là danh t à danh t à danh à danh ừ ho hoho hoặc tính t c tính t c tính t c tính từ: Nhấn trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ nhất. ..

N NN Nếu t utut từ ñó l ñó là à à ð ðð ðộng t từ: Nhấn trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ 2.

Words Transcription Words Transcription answer /ˈænsər/ account /əˈkaʊnt/ chapter /ˈtʃæptər/ adapt /əˈdæpt/ summer /ˈsʌmər/ address /əˈdres/ question /ˈkwestʃən/ amongst /əˈmʌŋst/ during /ˈdʊrɪŋ/ before /bɪˈfɔːr/ music /ˈmjuzɪk/ beside /bɪˈsaɪd/ practise /ˈpræktɪs/ believe /bɪˈliːv/ ticket /ˈtɪkɪt/ decide /dɪˈsaɪd/ traffic /ˈtræfɪk/ detect /dɪˈtekt/ visit /ˈvɪzɪt/ decrease /dɪˈkriːs/

Ngo Ngoại l ilil i lệ: :: Âm thứ hai là nguyên âm ngắn và kết thúc bởi 1 phụ âm (hoặc không có phụ âm) có dạng er, en, ish, age ở cuối thường nhấn trọng âm ở âm ti tiết th t thứ nh nhnhất tt.

Ví dụ: enter, open, manage, happen, answer, listen, finish, study, offer, damage.

(*) Một số ghi chú:

• Các từ hai âm tiết tận cùng bằng ever thì nhấn vào chính ever.

Ví dụ: forever, however, whenever, whatever, whoever b.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

• Từ kết thúc bằng các đuôi how, what, where, sẽ nhấn trọng âm ở âm đầu tiên.

Trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết đầu Trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai

Ví dụ: anywhere, somehow.

• Âm tiết cuối chứa /ow/ sẽ nhấn trọng âm ở âm thứ nhất.

Ví dụ: borrow/ ‘bɒr.əʊ, follow/’fɒlou, narrow/’nær.əʊ (allow là ngoại lệ vì chữ “a” đứng đầu thường không được nhấn trọng âm). release borrow agree people ruler defeat pleasure attack rapid demand suggest believe leaver destroy money ancient alive person system machine species creamy across prepare pirate deny police surround invent confide canal paper sentence possess river happen appoint retire purpose damage

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

1. A. cannon B. chaos C. culture D. direct 2. A. Easter B. festive C. rename D. harvest 3. A. highlight B. enjoy C. reverse D. review 4. A. invest B. major C. perform D. machine 5. A. leather B. account C. adapt D. decide 6. A. answer B. believe C. rely D. decrease
1.
Stressonthe1st syllable …………………………………. …………………………………. ………………………………….. ………………………………….. ………………………………… ………………………………….. ………………………………… Stressonthe
syllable …………………………………… …………………………………… …………………………………… …………………………………… …………………………………… …………………………………… ……………………………………
Task
Dividethewords into twocolumns.
2nd
Task 2. Choose the word that has different syllable stress position.

7. A. police B. result C. correct D. traffic

8. A. funny B. pretty C. lucky D. alone

9. A. breakfast B. pepper C. hotel D. ticket

10.A. parade B. copy C. replace D. arrive

VOCABULARY

ˈfrɛndli/ Thân thiện với môi trường comfortable adj /ˈkʌmf(ə)təbl/ Thoải mái convenient adj /kən ˈviːniənt/ Thuận tiện

public adj /ˈ pʌblɪk/ Công cộng

ticket n /ˈtɪkɪt/ Vé

bumpy a /ˈbʌmpi/ gập ghềnh/ khấp khểnh

hover v /ˈhɒvə/ Lơ lửng

distance n /ˈdɪs.təns/ khoảng cách

handlebars n /hændle ba:rz/ tay lái, ghi đông

vehicle n /ˈviːəkl/ phương tiện helicopter n /ˈhelɪkɒptə(r)/ máy bay trực thăng

tricycle n /ˈtraɪsɪkl/ xe đạp 3 bánh

railway station n /ˈ reɪlweɪ ˈsteɪʃn/ nhà ga

helmet n /ˈhelmɪt/ mũ bảo hiểm lane n /leɪn/ ngõ pavement n /ˈ peɪvmənt/ vỉa hè

seat belt n /siːt belt/ thắt lưng

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

driving licence n /ˈdraɪvɪŋ ˈlaɪsns / giấy phép lái xe

road sign n /rəʊd saɪn/ biển báo giao thông

boarding pass n /ˈbɔːdɪŋ pɑːs/ Thẻ lên máy bay passport n /ˈ pɑːspɔːt/ Hộ chiếu customs v /ˈkʌstəmz/ Hải quan baggage claim n /ˈbægɪʤ kleɪm/ Khu vực lấy hành lý suitcase n /ˈsjuːtkeɪs/ Va ly backpack n /ˈbæk ˌpæk/ Ba lô luggage n /ˈlʌgɪʤ/ Hành lý frequent adj /ˈfriːkwənt/ Thường xuyên eco-friendly adj /ˈiːkəʊ
ENGLISH TYPE PRONUNCIATION VIETNAMESE

phải prohibitive adj /prəˈhɪbətɪv/ ngăn ngừa, ngăn cấm

safe adj /seɪf/ an toàn

safety n /seɪfti/ sự an toàn park n /pɑːrk/ công viên

reverse adj /rɪˈvɜːrs/ ngược, ngược chiều obey v /əˈbeɪ/ tuân lệnh, vâng lời

warn v /wɔːrn/ cảnh báo

ride a bike v /raɪd ə baɪk/ đạp xe đạp

drive a car v /draɪv ə kɑː(r)/ lái xe ô tô

fly a plane v /flaɪ ə pleɪn/ lái máy bay sail a boat v /seɪl ə bəʊt/ chèo thuyền get on the bus v /ɡet ɒn ðə bʌs/ lên xe buýt get off the train v /ɡet ɒn ðə treɪn/ xuống tàu reliable adj /rɪˈlaɪəbl/ Đáng tin cậy tourist n /ˈtʊərɪst/ Du khách visitor n /ˈ vɪzɪtə/ Người thăm quan

choice n /ʧɔɪs/ Lựa chọn subway n /ˈ sʌbweɪ/ Tàu điện ngầm

trasportation n ˌ/trænspɔːˈteɪʃən/ Giao thông underground n /ˈʌndəgraʊnd/ Tàu điện electronic adj /ɪlɛkˈtrɒnɪk/ Điện tử evidence n /ˈɛvɪdəns/ Bằng chứng

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

traffic light n /ˈtræfɪk laɪt/ đèn giao thông traffic jam n /ˈtræfɪk dʒæm/ sự tắc đường traffic rule n /ˈtræfɪk ruːl/ luật giao thông rush hour n /ˈ rʌʃ ˈ aʊə(r)/ giờ cao điểm speed n /spiːd ˈlɪmɪt/ tốc độ giới hạn zebra crossing n /ˈzebrə ˈkrɒsɪŋ/ vạch sang đường cho người đi bộ park n /par:k/ công viên illegal adj /ɪˈliːɡl/ bất hợp pháp right-handed adj / ˌ raɪt ˈhændɪd/ bên tay
Task 1. Look at the pictures and complete the blanks.

backpack zebra crossing boarding pass no parking subway suitcase signpost traffic rules turn left only convenient car prohibited no turn right luggage passport public baggage claim

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

1………………… 2…………………... 3………………… 4…………………
5……………… … 6………………… 7………………… 8…………………
9………………
… 10………………… 11………………… 12………………… 13……………… … 14………………… 15………………… 16…………………

ticket

bike plane truck

train ship motorbike car boat bus subway helicopter van eco-friendly

1. A large, heavy vehicle with wheels. It is used for carrying goods. __________

2.Avehicle with two wheels that you ride by pushing its pedals with your feet

3. A vehicle that has two wheels and an engine. __

4. A large machine that runs along a railway line. It can carry many people.

5.Avery large boat used for carrying people or goods across the sea.

6. A aircraft with large metal blades on top that spin and lift it into the air.

7. A vehicle that flies in the sky and has wings and one or more engine.

8. A large vehicle with lots of seats. It carries passengers from one place to another.

9. A small vehicle that travels on water, moved by oars, sails or a motor.

10. A railway system that runs under the ground below a big city. __________

11. You have to buy this card when you want to join an event.

12. Have a little or no damaging effect on the environment

Task 3. Fill in the blanks with the suitable words

cheap dangerous fast convenient comfortable safe expensive eco-friendly

1. You can save your money if you travel by bus because bus ticket is very__________.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

2. Living in the city is very ______________, you can buy anything you want.

3. Bikes are the most ________________ vehicles.

Task
2. Match the words with the definitions

4. I think we should go by car because the plane ticket is so _____________.

5. I feel ____________ when travelling by car instead of motorbike.

6. It’s so __________________ because the road is hard to move.

7. A motorbike is not as ____________ as a plane.

8. Public transports are often crowed, so I don’t feel __________________.

1. a. Traffic lights ahead

b. Stop at the traffic lights

c. No traffic lights on this road

3. a. Two-way traffic ahead

b. One-way road

c. Road narrows

2. a. Walking only

b. No crossing the street

c. No pedestrians.

4.

a. No playing in the street

b. No parking allowed

c. No pedestrian traffic

6. a. No entry for motor vehicles

b. workers on this road

c.

b. Give way to traffic

c. Only cars and motorbikes allowed

b. U-turn is prohibited

c. U-turn allowed

b. One

c. No

b.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

5. a. Trash removal nearby
road works ahead
7. a. School crossing ahead
Pedestrians only c. Crosswalk ahead 8
b.
a. No left turn
9. a. Slippery road
Oil on road c. Road curves ahead
a.
b.
10.
Stop here
lane traffic
entry 11. a. All vehicles turn back
Roud about ahead
Turn left only
turn
b.
c.
12. a. No right
Go straight ahead on red
c. No turn right on red
Task 4. What do these signs mean? Choose the correct answers. Task 5. Give the correct form of the word given to complete the sentence.

1 We felt tired and __________________ after a long journey. (comfortable )

2. Nowadays, we have a lot of ______________________in our society. (convennient)

3. My parents don’t want me to_________________ on them much. (reliable)

4. It’s ________________if you go out too late. (danger)

5. He does morning exercise ___________. (frequent)

6. My country attracts a lot of _______________ every year. (visit )

7. Using eco- ___________ transports is the best way to protect environment. (friend)

8. Young children are expected to show _____________ to their parents. (obey)

9. When cycling on the roads, remember: _____________ first. (safe)

10. Children should avoid _____________ foods such as hamburger and chips. (health)

11. Most road accidents happen because the motorists drive _____________. (care)

12. It is unsafe and _____________ to pass another vehicle on the left. (legal)

13. My _____________ was delayed for over two hours due to bad weather. (fly)

14. Everyone should _____________ obey traffic rules for their own safety. (strict)

15. The policeman _____________ the car to stop with a flashlight. (sign)

16. Signs with red circles are mostly _____________ - that means you can’t do something. (prohibit)

17. This _____________ sign indicates that traffic lights are ahead. (warn)

18. It’s _____________ to drive in the rush hours on the roads. (danger)

19. I’m not used to _______________ on the left. (drive)

20. He was fined for his missing _______________. (park)

GRAMMAR

1. So sánh ngang bằng ( equal comparison)

1. Form – Công thức:

Khẳng định: S1+be+as+ adj+as+ S2

Ex: She is as tall as her mother. ( Cô ấy cao như mẹ cô ấy)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

Phủ định ( so sánh không bằng)

S+be not + as/no + adj + as + S2

Example: The lion is not fast as a cheetah. ( Sư tử thì không nhanh bằng con báo)

2. Trật tự của tính từ trong câu: ( Order of adjectives)

Opinion – Size – Age – Shape – Color – Origin – Material – Purpose

* Cách nhớ: OSASHCOMP ( ÔNG-SÁU-ĂN-SHUP-CUA-ÔNG-MẬP-PHÌ)

* Chú ý:

+ Thông thường có tối đa BA tính từ đứng trước một DANH TỪ

Ví dụ:

- It is a beautiful long new dress. (Đó là một chiếc váy mới dài đẹp.)

+ Ta có thể dùng “and” để nối giữa 2 hay nhiều tính từ cùng loại.

Ví dụ:

- It is a black and white television. (Đó là một chiếc ti vi đen trắng.)

- It is a cheap but interesting book. (Đó là một cuốn sách rẻ tiền nhưng rất thú vị.)

+ Khi nói về kích thước thì ta sẽ sử dụng tính từ chỉ chiều dài đứng trước tính từ chỉ chiều rộng.

Ví dụ:

- It is a long large road. (Đó là một con đường dài rộng.)

Ta thấy “long” là tính từ chỉ chiều dài và “large” là tính từ chỉ chiều rộng.

3. Ôn tập tính từ sở hữu, đại từ sở hữu. Đại

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

Tính
Đạ
ữu I My mine You Your yours We Our ours They Their theirs He His his She Her hers It Its its Đứng đầu câu làm chủ ngữ Đứng trước một danh từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ Không cần danh từ theo sau. Thường đứng sau “tobe” và đứng cuối câu.
t
nhân xưng
t
sở hữu
i t
s
h

Task 1. Put the adjective in the correct order in the following sentences.

1. a long face (thin)

2. big clouds (black)

3. a sunny day (lovely)

4. a wide avenue (long)

5. a metal box (black/ small)

6. a big cat (fat/ black)

7. a /an little village (old/ lovely)

8. long hair (black/ beautiful)

9. an /a old painting (interesting/ French)

10. an/ a enormous umbrella (red/ yellow)

Task 2. Put the adjective in the correct order in the following sentences

1. My sister lives in a (new/ nice/wooden/ black) house.

2. We are happy today because today is a (memorable/ training/ long) day.

3. My collogue has a (white/ Korean/ small/ old) car.

4. My friend and I often go home on (shopping/ new/ crowed) street.

5. Mrs. Navy likes wearing a (red/ long/ lovely/ cotton) dress on special occasions.

6. The flower girl wore a (silk pretty white) dress at the wedding ceremony last night

7. She has (blue/ big/ glassy) eyes, so she is really different from others.

8. The little boy is wearing a (nice/ old/ blue/ big) pullover.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

9. My grandparents live in a (magnificent/ two-storey/ spacious/ old) house during their lifetime.

___________?
1.
__________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________
__________________________________________ __________________________________________
__________________________________________ __________________________________________

10. My mother often wears a pair of (small/ comfortable/ black/ leather/ Chinese) gloves when she washes the dishes.

11. Mikes loves watching (old/ American/ successful) films in his free time.

12. She has a (pretty/ happy/ oval) face, so she is quite beautiful.

13. In the kitchen is a (round/ large/ wooden/ beautiful) table.

14. My friend bought a (brown/ nice/ leather/ Channel) belt from a shop on Tran Phu street.

15. Mrs. Annie looks so graceful because she has (black/ long/ beautiful) hair.

__________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________

16. Her father spent money on (interesting/ Vietnamese/ oil/ old) paintings.

17. We bought some (German/ lovely/ old) glasses.

18. My teacher is a (Japanese/ tall/ kind/ middle-aged) man, so a lot of students love him.

19. We usually throw trash into (plastic/ black/ small/ convenient) bags.

20. My father wore a (cotton/ white/ new/ collarless) shirt to my cousin’s wedding

Task 3. Fill in the blanks below to complete the sentences using possessive pronouns.

1. We bought that house last year. It is _______________.

2. This car belongs to Mr. and Mrs. Smith. It is _______________.

3. I think I saw John drop this pen. I think it is _______________.

4. This book is _______________. It has my name on it.

5. My brother and I made that chair. It’s _______________.

6. Excuse me. This phone is _______________. You forgot to take it with you.

7. Her sister drew the picture. It’s _______________.

8. The little boy shouted, “Give the ball to me! It’s _______________!”

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

9. That’s _______________. We bought it last night at the department store.

10. The bicycles were _______________, so they rode them home after school.

11. A: Are you sure this book belongs to your mother? B: Yes, it’s _______________.

12. This is _______________ - you ordered the pizza. I ordered the spaghetti.

13. A: Is this Robert’s? B: No, it’s not _______________.

14. I think these keys are _______________. I left them on the table.

15. Thomas can find his classroom, but Susan and Mary can’t find

Task

the sentences

1. This pear is_____________________ that one. (hard)

2. This horse is______________________ that. (strong)

3. These trousers are___________________ those. (expensive)

4. She is____________________ she looks. (not / old)

5. The town centre was ___________________ usual. (not / crowded)

6. I’m quite tall, but you are taller. I’m___________________ you. (not / tall)

7. Rome is_____________________ Athens. It was built earlier. (not / old)

8. My room is bigger than yours. Your room is ________________ mine. (not / big)

9. I’m______________________ he is. He is much taller than me. (not / tall)

10. My car is __________________ yours. You can drive faster. (not / fast)

11. I’m_______________ my sister. We were both born in 1984. (old)

12. She sings________________ her sister. They are really good. (well)

13. This curtain is___________________ the other. (long)

14. She _______________her brother. She is slimmer. (not / fat)

15. The film is________________ I expected. I really enjoyed it. (interesting)

16. This exercise is________________ the other one. It’s very simple. (easy)

17. His DVD player was_________________ mine. We paid the same price. (cheap)

18. She is_____________ her brother. He is really intelligent. (not / smart)

Task 5. Choose the underlined word or phrase (marked A, B, C or D) in each sentence that needs correcting.

1. We can choose various meaning of transport to move to this city.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

2. He should learn the traffic rules carefully and strictly following them to protect

_______________.
A B C D
4. Complete using “ as…………….as” or “ not as……….as”

A B C D himself.

3. She often suffers to noise pollution because she lives near the crowded streets. A B C D

4. There is about 2 km from my school to the post office.

B C D

5. It takes him 10 minutes to going to school.

B C D

6. My mother is teaching me how to swim well because she used to being a swimmer.

B C D

7. My father used not to see an electric bicycle many years ago. A B C D

8. My grandfather used to rode a water buffalo when he lived in a small country. A B C D

9. In spite being a famous star, he wasn't recognized when appearing at her party.

B C D

10. They will have a great time in Nha Trang by a lot of seafood and many interesting. A B C D

LISTENING

1. Anna soon gets used to the----------

2. In the morning, she goes to school by ______. In the evening, she -------- round the lake near her home.

3. She remembers the -------------about the road safety for cyclists.

4. When she cycles, she always keeps both hands on the handle bars and gives a signal before -----------------

5. Now, Anna is confident when she goes out. She feels happy to -------in this city.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

A
A
A
A
Task 1. Listen. Look at the table and fill in the blanks:

Task 2: Listen to the passage then decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).

1. She can cross the road but she is scared.

2. Her mother bought her a new bike and she stays at home more often.

3. In the evening, she goes round the lake near her home by bike.

4. When she cycles, she always keeps both hands on the handle bars and gives a signal before turning left or right.

5. Sometimes, she helps younger children or old people to cross the roads._________

SPEAKING

Task 1. Match the questions with the answers. Then practice in pairs.

1. How do you go to school?

2. Is your house far from school? How far is it from your house to your school?

3. Isthereabusstopnearyourhome?

1-

2-

A. No, there isn’t.

B. Yes, my house is rather far from school. It about 7 kms.

3-

C. Good idea! I’ll do it.

4. Do you have a driving license? 4- D. We should stop and wait for green light.

5. Why did you come to class too late this morning?

5- E. I get stuck in a traffic jam once or twice a week. I often get stuck in a traffic jam on Monday morning.

6. How often do you get a traffic jam? 6- F. I go to school by motorbike.

7. So why don't you start to school a little earlier on Monday?

8. What should we do when we see the red light?

7-

G. I came to class late this morning because I was stuck in a traffic jam.

8-

H. Yes, of course.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

Task 2. Talk about your favorite mean of transport.

READING

- What is your favorite means of transport?

- How often do you use it?

- Why do like it?

- What are the advantages of using it?

- What are the disadvantages of using it?

The streets are crowded with traffic. Taxis are bringing tired people from the airport and the train stations to the hotels. They hope to sleep a few hours before their busy day in the big city. Trucks are bringing fresh fruit and vegetables into the city. Ships are bringing food and fuel to the harbor.

By seven o’clock in the morning, the streets are filled again with people. Millions of people live in the big city, and millions of people who work in the big city live in the suburbs, the commuters, are hurrying to get to their offices. Everyone is in a hurry. Some stop only to drink a cup of coffee. Others stop to buy a morning paper or to have breakfast. The noise of traffic gets louder. The policemen blow their whistles to stop the traffic or to hurry it alone.

Answer the questions:

1. Where do taxis often take people from?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

...........................................................................................................................
Task 1: Read the passage and answer the following questions.

2. What are trucks bringing? And what about ships? ...........................................................................................................................

3. Who are commuters? ...........................................................................................................................

4. What do people often do when they are in a hurry in the early morning? ...........................................................................................................................

5. What do the policemen do to control the traffic? ...........................................................................................................................

Task 2: Read the following text and choose the correct answer A, B, C or D for each of the gap.

When you are in Singapore, you can go about (1)__________ taxi, by bus, or by underground. I myself prefer the underground (2) __________ it is fast, easy and cheap. There are (3)__________ buses and taxis in Singapore and one cannot drive along the road (4)and without many stops, especially on Monday morning. The underground is therefore usually quicker (5)__________ taxis or buses. If you do not know Singapore very well, it is difficult (6)__________ the bus you want. You can take a taxi, but it is (7)__________ expensive than the underground or a bus. On the underground, you find good maps that (8)__________ you the names of the stations and show you (9)__________ to get to them, so (10)__________ it is easy to find your way.

1. A. by B. in C. at D. on

2. A. but B. because C. when D. so

3. A. few B. a lot C. many D. some

4. A. quick B. quickly C. quicker D. quickest

5. A. so B. like C. than D. as

6. A. find B. to find C. finding D. found

7. A. less B. more C. most D. much

8. A. tell B. told C. tells D. telling 9. A. who B. what C. when D. how 10. A. how B. that C. when D. where

Task 3. Read and decide if each statement is true or false or not given.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

Hello. My name is Lucy. Last week I went to visit my friend Samantha in Spring Town. That was my first visit to Spring Town, and I rode my motorbike to Samantha’s house. Firstly I saw a No U-turn signal. So I had to ride forward until I see a U-turn signal. I turned and kept riding, then I noticed the crossroad sign and check my map. I saw that I had to turn left. But the red traffic light was on, and I had to wait for 60 seconds. I turned left and I got stuck in a traffic jam. I waited there for nearly 15 minutes. There was a car accident there, a car hit a motorbike and ran. At that time the motorcyclist was moved to thehospital. I could keep my riding. Unfortunately, my phone was outof charge, so I could not check my map and had to ask people there for route. After one hour and 02 times of getting lost, I finally reached my friend’s home. It is unbelievable.

No. Statements

1. Samantha and Lucy lives in Spring Town.

2. Lucy rode her bike to Samantha’s house.

3. Lucy turned back when she saw No U-turn signal.

4. It was about 02 kilometers from Lucy’s house to Samantha’s house.

5. The red traffic light was on for one minute.

6. Lucy did not get stuck in traffic jam.

7 There was an accident on the way to Samantha’s house.

8. Lucy got lost one time on the way to Samantha’s house.

WRITING

Task 1. Make sentences using the words given.

1. The roads/ Vietnam/ too/ narrow/ travel/ easily.

2. How far/ it/ your house/ the bookstore?

3. Mai/ used/ go/ school/ foot/ when/ she/ primary school.

4. It/ very important/ obey/ traffic rules/ when/ use/ road.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

5. It/ ten kilometres/ the town/ the airport.

T F NG
    
       
    
    
    
       
       
    

6. Two days ago/ we/ stuck/ traffic jam/ over two hours.

7. Most streets/ city centre/ congested/ rush hour

8. you/ use/ have/ tricycle/ when/ child?

1. My father is a careful driver. My father drives_______________________________________________.

2. My mother went to work by car some years ago, but now he goes by bus. My mother used to_____________________________________________.

3. Travelling by motorbikes is more convenient than travelling by cars. Travelling by cars is______________________________________.

4. The road is very rough, so we can’t drive fast. Because_______________________________________________.

5. It’s dangerous to drive fast in the big cities. Driving________________________________________________.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… …… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… …… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……
Task 3. Write 5 sentences describing the pictures. Task 2. Rewrite the sentences with the same meaning.

TEST FOR UNIT N.1

VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each of the following sentences.

1. He wants to buy a ______________ suitcase.

A. new large blue B. large new blue C. new blue large

D. large new blue

2. Many locals and ______________ take the bus to visit the flower garden.

A. tourism B. touring C. tours

3. I need to buy a new ______________ to prepare for the trip.

A. passport B. cart

C. customs

D. tourists

D. suitcase

4. Over many years ago, people used to______________ horses to work.

A. drove B. ride C. rode

5. The local weather forecasts are not always ______________.

A. reliable B. countable C. public

D. drive

D. frequent

6. To protect the environment, we should use ______________ products.

A. convenient B. eco-friendly C. reliable

7. She is not ______________ intelligent ______________ her sister.

A. as|as B. more|as C. as|than

8. .This is not your luggage. It's ______________.

A. herself B. her C. she

D. comfortable

D. same|as

D. hers

9. The government encourages people to use more public ______________ to save energy.

A. ticket B. transportation C. streetcar

D. luggage

10. I usually walk to school, but today I ______________ to school by bus.

A. am going B. goes

C. go

11. Shall I help you? Your ____________ is so heavy.

A. passport B. boarding pass C. baggage claim

D. went

D. luggage

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

12. I forgot my ___________________, so the custom didn’t let me check in at the airport.

A. backpack B. clothes C. food D. passport

13. . It is very _________ app. You can use it easily everywhere.

A. fast B. convenient C. old D. slow

14. . If you don’t ____________ traffic rules, you will be punished.

A. follow B. listen C. go D. do

WORD FORMATION

Supply the correct forms of the given words.

1. I don't want to join your group because your leader is ___________. (FRIEND)

2. My teacher ___________ announces that we will do the final examination next Monday. (RELIABLE)

3. We felt tired and __________________ after a long journey. ( COMFORTABLE)

4. Nowadays, we have a lot of ______________________in our society. (CONVENIENT)

5. My parents don’t want me to_________________ on them much. (RELIABLE)

6. It’s ________________if you go out too late. (DANGER)

7. Our school provides us lots of _______________ equipment. ( SAFE)

8. He does morning exercise ___________. (FREQUENT)

9. My country attracts a lot of _______________ every year. ( VISIT)

10. Using eco- ___________ transports is the best way to protect environment. (FRIEND)

READING

1. Read the passage and then decide whether these sentences are True (A) or False (B).

Traffic jams

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

For many years, Alan has been driving to work and back every weekday. Every morning, on his way to work, especially during the rush hour, the highways are usually crowded causing massive traffic jams. The situation is even worse in the evening when he drives home. All the traffic comes to halt whenever there is an accident or a car has broken down and blocks an entire lane. In the winter, particularly when it snows, multi-car accidents with injuries can take emergency paramedics and vehicles removers a number of hours to clear the road. When Alan is stuck in a heavy traffic jam, he listens to music on the radio

to calm his nerves. His boos and his wife know that if he is late, he is probably stuck a traffic.

36. Alan has traveled to work by car.

A. True B. False

37. There are many traffic jams at the highways during the rush hours.

A. True B. False

38. There will be less traffic jams when he drives home.

A. True B. False

39. Broken-down cars that block the entire lane is one reason for traffic jams.

A. True B. False

40. When Alan is stuck in a heavy traffic jam, he will be angry.

A. True B. False

2. Read the passage the circle the best answer. Who are the best drivers? Which drivers are the safest on the roads? According to a recent survey, young and inexperienced drivers are the most likely to have an accident. Older drivers are more careful. Young men have the worst accident records of all. They often choose faster cars with bigger engines. One of the most interesting facts in the survey is that passengers have an effect on the driver. When young male drivers have their friends in the car, their driving becomes worse. When their wife or girlfriend is in the car, however, their driving is better. But this is not true for women. Their driving is more dangerous when their husband or boyfriend is in the car. However, if their small children are riding in the car, they drive more slowly and safely.

1. According to the survey, who are the most likely to have an accident?

A. Young and inexperienced drivers.

B. Old and inexperienced drivers.

C. Young and old female drivers.

D. Old and experienced men.

2. Young men are likely to choose ___________.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

A. expensive cars

B. fast cars with big engines

C. slow and safe cars

D. slow cars with small engines

3. Who have an effect on the driver?

A. Parents B. Policemen C. Families D. Passengers

4. When young male drivers have their wife or girlfriend in the car, they drive ___________.

A.worse B. slowly C. better D. fast

5. The word 'they' in bold in the last sentence refers to ___________.

A.women B. husbands c. boyfriends D. small children,

3. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word. When you are in Singapore, you can go around (1) _________ taxi, by bus, or by underground. I prefer the underground (2) _________ it is fast, easy and cheap. There are (3) _________ buses and taxis in Singapore and one cannot drive along the road (4) _________ and without many stops, especially on the Monday morning. The underground is therefore usually quicker (5) _________ taxis or buses. If you do not know Singapore very (6) _________, it is difficult (7) _________ the bus you want. You can (8) _________ a taxi, but it is (9) _________ expensive than the underground or a bus. On the underground, you find good maps that tell you the names of the stations and (10) _________ you how to get to them, so that it is easy to find you away.

WRITING

1. Rearrange the given words to make a complete sentence.

1. Mother/ my/ yesterday/me/bought/new/a/blue/small/backpack. ______

2. cars/aren’t/yours/fast/my/as/as/./

3. How/it/take/long/does/Hanoi/you/Sapa/to/?/from ___________________________________________

4. there/ city center/ traffic jams/ are/ the/ in/ rush hour/ often/ the/ in.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

___________________________________________

5. my/ it/ not/ is/ far/ very/ house/ from/ to/ school

2. Rewrite the following sentences with the given beginnings in such a way that the meanings stay unchanged.

1. My father is a good driver. My father drives_______________________________________________.

2. My brother went to work by car some years ago, but now he goes by bus. My brother used to_____________________________________________.

3. Travelling by cars is more convenient than travelling by planes

Travelling by planes is______________________________________.

4. Jackson is 167 centimeters tall. Tony has the same height. (AS…AS)

5. This table is fifteen dollars. That chair is ten dollars. (MORE … THAN) → .............................

LISTENING

Task 1: People are calling home while they are on vacation. Listen and check the word that describes each person.

1. Jill a. worried

2. Sean a. relaxed

b. excited c. upset

b. happy c. frightened

3. John a. relaxed b. pleased c. worried

4. Rachel a. happy b. sick c. excited

5. Mary a. upset b. sick c. relaxed

6. Margaret a. bored b. pleased c. angry.

Task 2: Listen again. Why does each person call? Circle the correct answer.

1. Jill______________________.

a. has some news b. was in a dangerous situation c. wants to ask a favor

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

2. Sean____________________.

__
_________________

a. isn’t having a good time b. has met someone interesting c. needs money

3. John_____________________.

a. lost his wallet b. lost his ticket c. will be coming back on time

4. Rachel____________________.

a. has good news b. needs help c. to tell her friend about a health problem

5. Mary _____________________.

a. lost her glasses b. was in an accident c. has good news

6. Margaret____________________.

a. is coming home earlier b. is taking a different flight c. doesn’t have anything to do

I. PHONETICS

TEST FOR UNIT N.2

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in each question.

***End – Of – Test N.1***

1. A. lucky B. obey C. safety D. eco-friendly

2. A. convenient B. eco-friendly C. prevent D. enery

3. A. luggage B. suitcase C. underground D. public

Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the other three in each question.

4. A. environment B. regulation C. information D. transportation

5. A. underground B. subway C. transport D. vehicle

II. VOCABULARY

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below.

6. All of us have to obey _____ strictly.

A. traffic B. traffic rules C. traffic jam D. regular

7. It is _____ for teenage under 18 to ride a bike in Vietnam.

A. legal B. legally C. illegally D. illegal

8. Yesterday Ba and Nga _____ round West Lake. It took them an hour.

A. cycled B. cycle C. cycling D. cycles

9. We are waiting for the next bus _____.

A. to come B. come C. comes D. coming

10. Hurry up or we can’t _____ the last bus home.

A. keep B. follow C. go D. catch

11. Pete and Liz used to go to school _____.

A. by foot B. on foot C. by feet D. on feet

12. They really enjoy _____ the boat.

A. driving B. catching C. sailing D. riding

13. When the bus stop, the students say goodbye to the driver and _____.

A. walk on B. walk of C. get on D. get off

14. His father is a pilot and he has been _____ planes for 10 years.

A. flying B. fly C. flew D. flown

15. You are not _____ to drive to drive without buckling up.

A. allowed B. allowing C. allow D. allowance

16. We should _____ the street at the zebra crossing.

A. walk B. walk through C. walk on D. walk across Choose the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following sentences.

17. You have to strictly obey traffic signals when riding on the road.

A. catch B. follow C. see D. observe

18. Hoian used to be a peace and quiet city.

A. peaceful B. lively C. crowded D. noisy Choose the word or phrase that is OPPOPSITE in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following sentences.

19. Mr. Huy used to ride his motorbike dangerously.

A. riskily B. safely C. carelessly D. annoyingly

20. Hanoi is clean and peaceful.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

A. quite B. restful C. noisy D. gentle

III. GRAMMAR

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below.

21. “_____ is it from your house to the nearest bus stop?” – “About 50 metres”.

A. How much B. How long C. How far D. How often

22. Linh and Long used to _____ their bikes in his spare time.

A. ride B. rides C. riding D. rode

23. It used to _____ me 45 minutes to go school by bus.

A. take B. takes C. took D. taking

24. I _____ a horse when I was young, but now I don’t.

A. ride B. have ridden C. used to ride D. was riding

25. _____ does it take to go from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh city by plane? – About 2 hours

A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How far

26. _____ he use to sail a boat when he was 15?

A. Do B. Does C. Did D. Is

27. Lan _____ travel by plane, but now she travels by plane much.

A. used to B. doesn’t use to C. uses to D. didn’t use to

28. When there is a traffic jam, it _____ me a very long time to go home.

A. takes B. costs C. spends D. lasts

29. It is over 100 km _____ my hometown to Danang city.

A. in B. at C. on D. from

30. I _____ relax on Sundays. But Sunday is my busiest day of the week now.

A. used to B. didn’t use to C. use to D. don’t use to Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentence below.

31. There used to was much traffic in this area.

A B C D

32. How does our English teacher goes to work every day?

A B C D

33. Children must to learn about read safety.

A B C D

34. Did you used to go to school on foot?

A B C D.

35. It takes me 30 minutes riding from home to school.

A B C D

IV. READING

Read the passage and then decide whether these sentences are True (A) or False (B)

Traffic jams

For many years, Raze has been driving to work and back every weekday. Every morning, on his way to work, especially during the rush hour, the highways are usually crowded causing massive traffic jams. The situation is even worse in the evening when he drives home. All the traffic comes to halt whenever there is an accident or a car has broken down and blocks an entire lane. In the winter, particularly when it snows, multi-car accidents with injuries can take emergency paramedics and vehicles removers a number of hours to clear the road. When Raza is stuck in a heavy traffic jam, he listens to music on the radio to calm his nerves. His boos and his wife know that if he is late, he is probably stuck a traffic.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

(Adapted from http://www.en.iscollective.com)

36. Raze has traveled to work by car.

A. True B. False

37. There are many traffic jams at the highways during the rush hours.

A. True B. False

38. There will be less traffic jams when he drives home.

A. True B. False

39. Broken-down cars that block the entire lane is one reason for traffic jams.

A. True B. False

40. When Raze is stuck in a heavy traffic jam, he will be angry.

A. True B. False

Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of the questions below.

Stuck in traffic

Richard Ryan is stuck in traffic. There must be an accident somewhere up ahead because he’s been sitting in the same spot for the last few minutes. The cars aren’t moving at all. It looks like it’s going to be another slow commute. Even though he left his house early to beat the traffic, if the cars don’t start to move soon, Richard will be late for a very important meeting. He has to meet with some lawyers who advising his company on a construction project. Richard is the president of a big company. It he’s late, he won’t get in trouble, but he hates to be late for anything.

(Adapted from http://www.learnamericanenglishonline.com)

41. What is Richard’s problem now?

A. He is stuck in traffic. B. He has a car accident.

C. His car breaks down. D. When he was 14 years old.

42. In paragraph 1, the word “commute” is closest in meaning to

A. pace B. toad C. movement D. travel

43. In paragraph 2, what does it mean by “to beat the traffic”?

A. to avoid traffic jams B. to travel safety

C. to drive on road D. to move slowly

44. In can be inferred from the second paragraph that

A. Richard is a lawyer

B. Richard has a high position in the company

C. Richard is hiring a groups of lawyer for his company

D. Richard has a trouble working with the lawyer

45. Richard hates

A. traffic jams B. working with the lawyers

C. being late for things

V. WRITING

D. driving his car

Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root sentence or best combines the two given sentences.

46. Lan doesn’t play piano anymore.

A. Lan used to play piano.

B. Lan is playing piano.

C. Lan didn’t use to play piano.

D. Lan wasn’t playing piano.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

47. I don’t have time to collect stamps as when I was in primary school.

A. I don’t use to collect stamps when I was in primary school.

B. I didn’t use to collect stamps when I was in primary school.

C. I sued to collect stamps when I was in primary school.

D. I use to collect stamps when I was in primary school.

48. He is not a poor man anymore because he has becomes a rich businessman.

A. He used to be a rich man.

B. He used to be a businessman.

C. He used to be a poor man.

D. He used to be a poor businessman.

49. My hair now is much longer than that in the past.

A. My hair is longer now than it in the past.

B. My hair was longer in the past.

C. My hair used to be shorter in the past.

D. My hair used to be longer in the past.

50. They didn’t use to go to the cinema every Sunday last year.

A. They didn’t often go to the cinema every Sunday last year.

B. They used to go to the cinema every Sunday last year.

C. They often went to the cinema every Sunday last year.

D. They didn’t go to the cinema every Sunday last year.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

***End – Of – Test N.2***

UNI T 7 TRANSPORTAT ION PRONOUNCIATION

1. Stress in two syllable words (Trọng âm của từ có 2 âm tiết)

- Trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết đầu khi âm tiết thứ hai của âm tiết đó chứa 1 nguyên âm ngắn và kết thúc với ít hơn hoặc bằng 1 phụ âm.

- Trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai khi âm tiết thứ hai của âm tiết đó chứa 1 nguyên âm dài hoặc 1 nguyên âm đôi hoặc kết thúc bằng 2 phụ âm trở lên.

N Nếu t utut từ ñó l ñó l ñó ñó là danh t à danh t à danh à danh ừ ho hoho hoặc tính t c tính t c tính t c tính từ: Nhấn trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ nhất. ..

N NN Nếu t utut từ ñó ñó là là ð ðð ðộng t từ: Nhấn trọng âm vào âm tiết thứ 2.

Words Transcription Words Transcription answer /ˈænsər/ account /əˈkaʊnt/ chapter /ˈtʃæptər/ adapt /əˈdæpt/ summer /ˈsʌmər/ address /əˈdres/ question /ˈkwestʃən/ amongst /əˈmʌŋst/ during /ˈdʊrɪŋ/ before /bɪˈfɔːr/ music /ˈmjuzɪk/ beside /bɪˈsaɪd/ practise /ˈpræktɪs/ believe /bɪˈliːv/ ticket /ˈtɪkɪt/ decide /dɪˈsaɪd/ traffic /ˈtræfɪk/ detect /dɪˈtekt/ visit /ˈvɪzɪt/ decrease /dɪˈkriːs/

Ngo Ngoại l ilil i lệ: :: Âm thứ hai là nguyên âm ngắn và kết thúc bởi 1 phụ âm (hoặc không có phụ âm) có dạng er, en, ish, age ở cuối thường nhấn trọng âm ở âm ti tiết th t thứ nh nhnhất tt.

Ví dụ: enter, open, manage, happen, answer, listen, finish, study, offer, damage.

(*) Một số ghi chú:

• Các từ hai âm tiết tận cùng bằng ever thì nhấn vào chính ever.

Ví dụ: forever, however, whenever, whatever, whoever b.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

• Từ kết thúc bằng các đuôi how, what, where, sẽ nhấn trọng âm ở âm đầu tiên.

Trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết đầu Trọng âm rơi vào âm tiết thứ hai

Ví dụ: anywhere, somehow.

• Âm tiết cuối chứa /ow/ sẽ nhấn trọng âm ở âm thứ nhất.

Task 1. Dividethewords into twocolumns.

Stressonthe1st syllable pleasure leaver creamy happen sentence species system ruler river

rapid person purpose pirate ancient damage paper people borrow money

Task2. Choose the word that has different syllable stress position.

Ví dụ: borrow/ ‘bɒr.əʊ, follow/’fɒlou, narrow/’nær.əʊ (allow là ngoại lệ vì chữ “a” đứng đầu thường không được nhấn trọng âm). release borrow agree people ruler defeat pleasure attack rapid demand suggest believe leaver destroy money ancient alive person system machine species creamy across prepare pirate deny police surround invent confide canal paper sentence possess river happen appoint retire purpose damage 1. A. cannon B. chaos

A. Easter B. festive

Stressonthe2nd syllable release defeat suggest deny canal believe alive police appoint attack across

culture

agree surround retire destroy prepare invent possess demand machine confide

direct

harvest 3. A. highlight B. enjoy

rename

review 4. A. invest B. major

reverse

machine 5. A. leather B. account

perform

decide 6. A. answer B. believe

A. police B. result

A. funny

pretty

A. breakfast B. pepper

adapt

rely

correct

lucky

hotel

decrease

traffic

alone

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

ticket

C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
C.
D.
2.
7.
8.
B.
9.

ENGLISH TYPE PRONUNCIATION VIETNAMESE

kʌmf(ə)təbl/ Thoải mái convenient adj /kən ˈviːniənt/ Thuận tiện public adj /ˈ pʌblɪk/ Công cộng

ticket n /ˈtɪkɪt/ Vé

bumpy a /ˈbʌmpi/ gập ghềnh/ khấp khểnh

hover v /ˈhɒvə/ Lơ lửng

distance n /ˈdɪs.təns/ khoảng cách

handlebars n /hændle ba:rz/ tay lái, ghi đông

vehicle n /ˈviːəkl/ phương tiện

helicopter n /ˈhelɪkɒptə(r)/ máy bay trực thăng

tricycle n /ˈtraɪsɪkl/ xe đạp 3 bánh

railway station n /ˈ reɪlweɪ ˈsteɪʃn/ nhà ga

helmet n /ˈhelmɪt/ mũ bảo hiểm

lane n /leɪn/ ngõ

pavement n /ˈ peɪvmənt/ vỉa hè

/siːt belt/ thắt lưng driving licence

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

seat belt

10.A.
B.
C.
D.
parade
copy
replace
arrive
boarding pass n /ˈbɔːdɪŋ pɑːs/ Thẻ lên máy bay passport n /ˈ pɑːspɔːt/ Hộ chiếu customs v /ˈkʌstəmz/ Hải quan baggage claim n /ˈbægɪʤ kleɪm/ Khu vực lấy hành lý suitcase n /ˈsjuːtkeɪs/ Va ly backpack n /ˈbæk ˌpæk/ Ba lô luggage n /ˈlʌgɪʤ/ Hành lý frequent adj /ˈfriːkwənt/ Thường xuyên eco-friendly adj /ˈiːkəʊˈfrɛndli/ Thân thiện với môi trường comfortable adj /ˈ
n
road
n
traffic
n /
k la
traffic
n
traffic
n
træfɪ
ːl/ luậ
rush
n /ˈ rʌʃ ˈ aʊə(r)/ giờ cao điểm
n
/ˈdraɪvɪŋ ˈlaɪsns / giấy phép lái xe
sign
/rəʊd saɪn/ biển báo giao thông
light
ˈtræfɪ
ɪt/ đèn giao thông
jam
/ˈtræfɪk dʒæm/ sự tắc đường
rule
k ru
t giao thông
hour
VOCABULARY

obey v /əˈbeɪ/ tuân lệnh, vâng lời warn v /wɔːrn/ cảnh báo

ride a bike v /raɪd ə baɪk/ đạp xe đạp

drive a car v /draɪv ə kɑː(r)/ lái xe ô tô

fly a plane v /flaɪ ə pleɪn/ lái máy bay

sail a boat v /seɪl ə bəʊt/ chèo thuyền get on the bus v /ɡet ɒn ðə bʌs/ lên xe buýt get off the train v /ɡet ɒn ðə treɪn/ xuống tàu

reliable adj /rɪˈlaɪəbl/ Đáng tin cậy tourist n /ˈtʊərɪst/ Du khách visitor n /ˈ vɪzɪtə/ Người thăm quan choice n /ʧɔɪs/ Lựa chọn subway n /ˈ sʌbweɪ/ Tàu điện ngầm

trasportation n ˌ/trænspɔːˈteɪʃən/ Giao thông underground n /ˈʌndəgraʊnd/ Tàu điện electronic adj /ɪlɛkˈtrɒnɪk/ Điện tử evidence n /ˈɛvɪdəns/ Bằng chứng

backpack zebra crossing boarding pass no parking

subway suitcase signpost traffic rules

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

turn left only convenient car prohibited no turn right luggage passport public baggage claim

speed n /spiːd ˈlɪmɪt/ tốc độ giới hạn zebra crossing n /ˈzebrə ˈkrɒsɪŋ/ vạch sang đường cho người đi bộ park n /par:k/ công viên illegal adj /ɪˈliːɡl/ bất hợp pháp right-handed adj / ˌ raɪt ˈhændɪd/ bên tay phải prohibitive adj /prəˈhɪbətɪv/ ngăn ngừa, ngăn cấm safe adj /seɪf/ an toàn safety n
ɪfti/ sự an toàn park n /pɑːrk/ công viên reverse
ɪˈvɜː
ng
/se
adj /r
rs/
ược, ngược chiều
Task 1. Look at the pictures and complete the blanks.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

1… passport ……………… 2… subway 3… traffic rules 4 car prohibited 5 zebra crossing 6 convenient ………………… 7…6noturnright ……………… 8…signpost ……………… Task 2. Match the words with the definitions ticket bike plane truck train ship motorbike car boat bus subway helicopter van eco-friendly 9 turn left only ………………… 10… backpack 11… no parking 12… public ……………… 13 boarding pass 14… luggage ……………… 15… baggage claim ……………… 16… suitcase ………………

1.Alarge, heavy vehicle with wheels. It is used for carrying goods. truck __

2. A vehicle with two wheels that you ride by pushing its pedals with your feet bike _

3. A vehicle that has two wheels and an engine. motorbike

4.Alarge machine that runs along a railway line. It can carry many people. train __________

5. A very large boat used for carrying people or goods across the sea. ship

6. Aaircraft with large metal blades on top that spin and lift it into the air. helicopter

7. A vehicle that flies in the sky and has wings and one or more engine. plane

8. A large vehicle with lots of seats. It carries passengers from one place to another. bus _

9. A small vehicle that travels on water, moved by oars, sails or a motor. boat

10. A railway system that runs under the ground below a big city. _ subway _

11. You have to buy this card when you want to join an event. ticket______

12. Have a little or no damaging effect on the environment ecofriendly

words

1. You can save your money if you travel by bus because bus ticket is very_

cheap

2. Living in the city is very ______________, you can buy anything you want.

3. Bikes are the most ________________ vehicles.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

4. I think we should go by car because the plane ticket is so _____________.

5. I feel ____________ when travelling by car instead of motorbike.

cheap dangerous fast convenient comfortable safe expensive eco-friendly convenient eco-friendly expensive safe

_________.
Task 3. Fill in the blanks with the suitable

6. It’s so __________________ because the road is hard to move.

dangerous fast

7. A motorbike is not as ____________ as a plane.

8. Public transports are often crowed, so I don’t feel __________________.

comfortable.

Task 4. What do these signs mean? Choose the correct answers.

1. a. Traffic lights ahead

b. Stop at the traffic lights

c. No traffic lights on this road

3. a. Two-way traffic ahead

b. One-way road

c. Road narrows

5. a. Trash removal nearby

b. workers on this road

c. road works ahead

7. a. School crossing ahead

b. Pedestrians only

c. Crosswalk ahead

2. a. Walking only

b. No crossing the street

c. No pedestrians.

4. a. No playing in the street

b. No parking allowed

c. No pedestrian traffic

6. a. No entry for motor vehicles

b. Give way to traffic

c. Only cars and motorbikes allowed

9.

a. Slippery road

b. Oil on road

c. Road curves ahead

8

a. No left turn

b. U-turn is prohibited

c. U-turn allowed

10.

a. Stop here

b. One lane traffic

c. No entry

11. a. All vehicles turn back

b. Roud about ahead

c. Turn left only

12.

a. No right turn

b. Go straight ahead on red

c. No turn right on red

Task 5. Give the correct form of the word given to complete the sentence.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

1 We felt tired and ___ uncomfortable _______________ after a long journey. (comfortable )

2. Nowadays, we have a lot of ____ conveniences __________________in our society. (convennient)

3. My parents don’t want me to_______ rely __________ on them much. (reliable)

4. It’s ______ dangerous __________if you go out too late. (danger)

5. He does morning exercise __ frequently _________. (frequent)

6. My country attracts a lot of ____ visitors ___________ every year. (visit )

7. Using eco- __ friendly _________ transports is the best way to protect environment. (friend)

8.Youngchildrenareexpectedtoshow__obedience___________totheirparents.(obey)

9. When cycling on the roads, remember: _ safety ____________ first. (safe)

10.Children should avoid _ unhealthy ____________ foods such as hamburgerand chips. (health)

11. Most road accidents happen because the motorists drive __ carelessly ___________. (care)

12. It is unsafe and _ illegal ____________ to pass another vehicle on the left. (legal)

13. My _ flight ____________ was delayed for over two hours due to bad weather. (fly)

14. Everyone should ____ strictly _________ obey traffic rules for their own safety. (strict)

15. The policeman _ signaled ____________ the car to stop with a flashlight. (sign)

16. Signs with red circles are mostly ___ prohibitive __________ - that means you can’t do something. (prohibit)

17. This ____ warning _________ sign indicates that traffic lights are ahead. (warn)

11. It’s ___ dangerous __________ to drive in the rush hours on the roads. (danger)

12. I’m not used to ____ driving ___________ on the left. (drive)

13. He was fined for his missing ____ parking ___________. (park)

1. So sánh ngang bằng ( equal comparison)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

1. Form – Công thức:

GRAMMAR

Khẳng định: S1+be+as+ adj+as+ S2

Ex: She is as tall as her mother. ( Cô ấy cao như mẹ cô ấy)

Phủ định ( so sánh không bằng)

S+be not + as/no + adj + as + S2

Example: The lion is not fast as a cheetah. ( Sư tử thì không nhanh bằng con báo)

2. Trật tự của tính từ trong câu: ( Order of adjectives)

Opinion – Size – Age – Shape – Color – Origin – Material – Purpose

* Cách nhớ: OSASHCOMP ( ÔNG-SÁU-ĂN-SHUP-CUA-ÔNG-MẬP-PHÌ)

* Chú ý:

+ Thông thường có tối đa BA tính từ đứng trước một DANH TỪ

Ví dụ:

- It is a beautiful long new dress. (Đó là một chiếc váy mới dài đẹp.)

+ Ta có thể dùng “and” để nối giữa 2 hay nhiều tính từ cùng loại.

Ví dụ:

- It is a black and white television. (Đó là một chiếc ti vi đen trắng.)

- It is a cheap but interesting book. (Đó là một cuốn sách rẻ tiền nhưng rất thú vị.)

+ Khi nói về kích thước thì ta sẽ sử dụng tính từ chỉ chiều dài đứng trước tính từ chỉ chiều rộng.

Ví dụ:

- It is a long large road. (Đó là một con đường dài rộng.)

Ta thấy “long” là tính từ chỉ chiều dài và “large” là tính từ chỉ chiều rộng.

Ôn tập tính từ sở hữu, đại từ sở hữu.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

Đạ
u I My mine You Your yours We Our ours They Their theirs He His his She Her hers It Its its
3.
i từ nhân xưng Tính từ sở hữu Đại từ sở hữ

Task 1. Put the adjective in the correct order in the following sentences.

1. a long face (thin)

2. big clouds (black)

3. a sunny day (lovely)

4. a wide avenue (long)

5. a metal box (black/ small)

6. a big cat (fat/ black)

7. a /an little village (old/ lovely)

8. long hair (black/ beautiful)

9. an /a old painting (interesting/ French)

10. an/ a enormous umbrella (red/ yellow)

big black clouds

A lovely sunday

A long wide avenue

A small black metal box

A big fat cat

A lovely little old village

Beautiful long black hair.

An interesting old French painting

1.

Task 2. Put the adjective in the correct order in the following sentences

1. My sister lives in a (new/ nice/wooden/ black) house.

2. We are happy today because today is a (memorable/ training/ long) day.

3. My collogue has a (white/ Korean/ small/ old) car.

nice new black wooden memorable long training

4. My friend and I often go home on (shopping/ new/ crowed) street.

5. Mrs. Navy likes wearing a (red/ long/ lovely/ cotton) dress on special occasions.

6. The flower girl wore a (silk pretty white) dress at the wedding ceremony last night

7. She has (blue/ big/ glassy) eyes, so she is really different from others.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

small old white Korean crowded new shopping lovely long red cotton pretty while silk

big blue glassy

8. The little boy is wearing a (nice/ old/ blue/ big) pullover.

An enormous red and yellow umbrella __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________

nice big old blue

Đứng đầu câu làm chủ ngữ Đứng trước một danh từ bổ nghĩa cho danh từ Không cần danh từ theo sau. Thường đứng sau “tobe” và đứng cuối câu.
___________?
__________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________

9. My grandparents live in a (magnificent/ two-storey/ spacious/ old) house during their lifetime.

Magnificent old two-storey spacious

10. My mother often wears a pair of (small/ comfortable/ black/ leather/ Chinese) gloves when she washes the dishes.

Comfortable small black Chinese leather

11. Mikes loves watching (old/ American/ successful) films in his free time.

successful old American

12. She has a (pretty/ happy/ oval) face, so she is quite beautiful.

pretty happy oval

13. In the kitchen is a (round/ large/ wooden/ beautiful) table.

beautiful large round wooden

14. My friend bought a (brown/ nice/ leather/ Channel) belt from a shop on Tran Phu street.

nice brown Channel leather

15. Mrs. Annie looks so graceful because she has (black/ long/ beautiful) hair.

beautiful long black

16. Her father spent money on (interesting/ Vietnamese/ oil/ old) paintings.

Interesting old Vietnamese oil

17. We bought some (German/ lovely/ old) glasses.

lovely old German

18. My teacher is a (Japanese/ tall/ kind/ middle-aged) man, so a lot of students love him.

Kind middle-age tall Japanese

19. We usually throw trash into (plastic/ black/ small/ convenient) bags.

convenient small black plastic

20. My father wore a (cotton/ white/ new/ collarless) shirt to my cousin’s wedding.

__________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________ __________________________________________

New white collarless cotton

Task 3. Fill in the blanks below to complete the sentences using possessive pronouns.

1. We bought that house last year. It is _______________.

ours

2. This car belongs to Mr. and Mrs. Smith. It is _______________.

theirs

3. I think I saw John drop this pen. I think it is _______________.

4. This book is _______________. It has my name on it.

5. My brother and I made that chair. It’s _______________.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

6. Excuse me. This phone is _______________. You forgot to take it with you.

7. Her sister drew the picture. It’s _______________.

his mine ours yours hers

__________________________________________

8. The little boy shouted, “Give the ball to me! It’s _______________!”

9. That’s _______________. We bought it last night at the department store.

10. The bicycles were _______________, so they rode them home after school.

11. A: Are you sure this book belongs to your mother? B: Yes, it’s _______________.

12. This is _______________ - you ordered the pizza. I ordered the spaghetti.

13. A: Is this Robert’s? B: No, it’s not _______________.

14. I think these keys are _______________. I left them on the table.

15. Thomas can find his classroom, but Susan and Mary can’t find _______________.

ours theirs hers yours his mine theirs

1.This pear is_____________________ that one. (hard)

2. This horse is______________________ that. (strong)

as strong as

3. These trousers are___________________ those. (expensive)

as expensive as not as old as

4. She is____________________ she looks. (not / old)

5. The town centre was ___________________ usual. (not / crowded)

6. I’m quite tall, but you are taller. I’m___________________ you. (not / tall)

7. Rome is_____________________ Athens. It was built earlier. (not / old)

8. My room is bigger than yours. Your room is ________________ mine. (not / big)

not as crowded as not as tall as not as cold as not as big as

9. I’m______________________ he is. He is much taller than me. (not / tall)

10. My car is __________________ yours. You can drive faster. (not / fast)

11. I’m_______________ my sister. We were both born in 1984. (old)

12. She sings________________ her sister. They are really good. (well)

13. This curtain is___________________ the other. (long)

14. She _is______________her brother. She is slimmer. (not / fat)

as hard as. not as fat as

15. The film is________________ I expected. I really enjoyed it. (interesting)

16. This exercise is________________ the other one. It’s very simple. (easy)

17. His DVD player was_________________ mine. We paid the same price. (cheap)

18. She is_____________ her brother. He is really intelligent. (not / smart)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

Task 5. Choose the underlined word or phrase (marked A, B, C or D) in each sentence that needs correcting.

Task 4. Complete the sentences using “ as…………….as” or “ not as……….as”
not
as
as
as
as
as
not as tall as
as fast as
old as
well as
long as
interesting as as easy as
cheap as not as smart as
mine

1. We can choose various meaning of transport to move to this city. A B C D

2. He should learn the traffic rules carefully and strictly following them to protect A B C D himself.

3. She often suffers to noise pollution because she lives near the crowded streets. A B C D

4. There is about 2 km from my school to the post office. A B C D

5. It takes him 10 minutes to going to school. A B C D

6. My mother is teaching me how to swim well because she used to being a swimmer. A B C D

7. My father used not to see an electric bicycle many years ago. A B C D

8. My grandfather used to rode a water buffalo when he lived in a small country. A B C D

9. In spite being a famous star, he wasn't recognized when appearing at her party. A B C D

10. They will have a great time in Nha Trang by a lot of seafood and many interesting. A B C D

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

LISTENING
Task 1. Listen. Look at the table and fill in the blanks:

1. Anna soon gets used to the busy traffic ---

2. In the morning, she goes to school by _ bike_____. In the evening, she cycles ------ round the lake near her home.

3. She remembers the - rules -- about the road safety for cyclists.

4. When she cycles, she always keeps both hands on the handle bars and gives a signal before turning left or right -----------------

5. Now, Anna is confident when she goes out. She feels happy to - live------ in this city.

1. She can cross the road but she is scared. _F

2. Her mother bought her a new bike and she stays at home more often. F

3. In the evening, she goes round the lake near her home by bike. T

4. When she cycles, she always keeps both hands on the handle bars and gives a signal before turning left or right. T

5. Sometimes, she helps younger children or old people to cross the roads.T

Anna soon gets used to the busy traffic. She can cross the road and she isn’t scared. Her mother bought her a new bike and she goes out more often. In the morning, she goes to school by bike. In the evening, she cycles round the lake near her home. Sometimes, she visits her friends. She remembers the rules about the road safety for cyclists. When she cycles, she always keeps both hands on the handle bars and gives a signal before turning left or right.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

Now, Anna is confident when she goes out. Sometimes, she helps younger children or old people to cross the roads. She feels happy to live in this city.

Task 2: Listen to the passage then decide if the statements are true (T) or false (F).

SPEAKING

Task 1. Match the questions with the answers. Then practice in pairs.

1. How do you go to school?

2. Is your house far from school? How far is it from your house to your school?

1-F A. No, there isn’t.

2-B B. Yes, my house is rather far from school. It about 7 kms.

3. Isthereabusstopnearyourhome? 3-A C. Good idea! I’ll do it.

4. Do you have a driving license? 4-H D. We should stop and wait for green light.

5. Why did you come to class too late this morning?

5-G E. I get stuck in a traffic jam once or twice a week. I often get stuck in a traffic jam on Monday morning.

6. How often do you get a traffic jam? 6-E F. I go to school by motorbike.

7. So why don't you start to school a little earlier on Monday?

8. What should we do when we see the red light?

7-C G. I came to class late this morning because I was stuck in a traffic jam.

8-D H. Yes, of course.

Task 2. Talk about your favorite mean of transport.

- What is your favorite means of transport?

- How often do you use it?

- Why do like it?

- What are the advantages of using it?

- What are the disadvantages of using it?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

The streets are crowded with traffic. Taxis are bringing tired people from the airport and the train stations to the hotels. They hope to sleep a few hours before their busy day in the big city. Trucks are bringing fresh fruit and vegetables into the city. Ships are bringing food and fuel to the harbor.

By seven o’clock in the morning, the streets are filled again with people. Millions of people live in the big city, and millions of people who work in the big city live in the suburbs, the commuters, are hurrying to get to their offices. Everyone is in a hurry. Some stop only to drink a cup of coffee. Others stop to buy a morning paper or to have breakfast. The noise of traffic gets louder. The policemen blow their whistles to stop the traffic or to hurry it alone.

Answer the questions:

1. Where do taxis often take people from?

The taxis often take people from the airport and the train stations to the hotels.

2. What are trucks bringing? And what about ships?

Trucks are bringing fresh fruit and vegetables into the city, ships are bringing food and fuel to the harbor.

3. Who are commuters?

Commuters are people who usually travel between home and work. ..............

4. What do people often do when they are in a hurry in the early morning?

Some stop only to drink a cup of coffee. Others stop to buy a morning paper or to have breakfast. ................................................................................................................

5. What do the policemen do to control the traffic?

The policemen blow their whistles to stop the traffic or to hurry it alone.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

When you are in Singapore, you can go about (1)__________ taxi, by bus, or by

READING
Task 1: Read the passage and answer the following questions. Task2: Read the following text and choose the correct answerA, B, C or D for each of the gap.

underground. I myself prefer the underground (2) __________ it is fast, easy and cheap. There are (3)__________ buses and taxis in Singapore and one cannot drive along the road (4)and without many stops, especially on Monday morning. The underground is therefore usually quicker (5)__________ taxis or buses. If you do not know Singapore very well, it is difficult (6)__________ the bus you want. You can take a taxi, but it is (7)__________ expensive than the underground or a bus. On the underground, you find good maps that (8)__________ you the names of the stations and show you (9)__________ to get to them, so (10)__________ it is easy to find your way.

1. A. by B. in C. at D. on

2. A. but B. because C. when D. so

3. A. few B. a lot C. many D. some

4. A. quick B. quickly C. quicker D. quickest

5. A. so B. like C. than D. as

6. A. find B. to find C. finding D. found

7. A. less B. more C. most D. much

8. A. tell B. told C. tells D. telling

9. A. who B. what C. when D. how

10. A. how B. that C. when D. where

Hello. My name is Lucy. Last week I went to visit my friend Samantha in Spring Town. That was my first visit to Spring Town, and I rode my motorbike to Samantha’s house. Firstly I saw a No U-turn signal. So I had to ride forward until I see a U-turn signal. I turned and kept riding, then I noticed the crossroad sign and check my map. I saw that I had to turn left. But the red traffic light was on, and I had to wait for 60 seconds. I turned left and I got stuck in a traffic jam. I waited there for nearly 15 minutes. There was a car accident there, a car hit a motorbike and ran. At that time the motorcyclist was moved to the hospital. I could keep my riding. Unfortunately, my phone was out of charge, so I could not check my map and had to ask people there for route. After one hour and 02 times of getting lost, I finally reached my friend’s home. It is unbelievable.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

Task 3. Read and decide if each statement is true or false or not given.

No. Statements

T F NG

1. Samantha and Lucy lives in Spring Town.

2. Lucy rode her bike to Samantha’s house.

3. Lucy turned back when she saw No U-turn signal.

4. It was about 02 kilometers from Lucy’s house to Samantha’s house.

5. The red traffic light was on for one minute.

6. Lucy did not get stuck in traffic jam.

7. There was an accident on the way to Samantha’s house.

8. Lucy got lost one time on the way to Samantha’s house.

WRITING

Task1. Make sentences using the words given.

1. The roads/ Vietnam/ too/ narrow/ travel/ easily. The roads in Vietnam are too narrow to travel easily.

2. How far/ it/ your house/ the bookstore? How far is it from your house to the bookstore?

3. Mai/ used/ go/ school/ foot/ when/ she/ primary school. Mai used to go to school on foot when she was at primary school.

4. It/ very important/ obey/ traffic rules/ when/ use/ road. It is very important to obey the traffic rules when you use the road.

5. It/ ten kilometres/ the town/ the airport. It is ten kilometres from the town to the airport.

6. Two days ago/ we/ stuck/ traffic jam/ over two hours. Two days ago, we were stuck in a traffic jam for over two hours.

7. Most streets/ city centre/ congested/ rush hour

Most streets in the city centre are congested during rush hour.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

8. you/ use/ have/ tricycle/ when/ child?

    
    
       
       
       
    
    
        1. F 1. F 1. 1. F2. T 2. T 2. T 2. T3. F 3. F F 3. F4. NG 4. NG 4. NG5. T 5. T T 5. T6. F 6. F 6. F7. T 7. T 7. T 7. T8. F 8. F F 8. F

Did you use to have atricycle when you were a child?

Task 2. Rewrite the sentences with the same meaning. carefully work by car some years ago. not as convenient as travelling by motorbikes. the road is so rough, we can’t drive fast.

1. My father is a careful driver. My father drives_______________________________________________.

2. My mother went to work by car some years ago, but now he goes by bus. My mother used to_____________________________________________.

3. Travelling by motorbikes is more convenient than travelling by cars. Travelling by cars is______________________________________.

4. The road is very rough, so we can’t drive fast. Because_______________________________________________.

5. It’s dangerous to drive fast in the big cities. Driving________________________________________________.

fast in the big cities is very dangerous.

Task 3. Write5sentencesdescribingthe pictures.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… …… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… …… ………………………………………………………………

TEST FOR UNIT N.1

VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR. Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each of the following sentences. (15 points)

1. He wants to buy a ______________ suitcase.

A. new large blue B. large new blue C. new blue large D. large new blue

2. Many locals and ______________ take the bus to visit the flower garden.

A. tourism B. touring C. tours D. tourists

3. I need to buy a new ______________ to prepare for the trip.

A. passport B. cart

C. customs D. suitcase

4. Over many years ago, people used to______________ horses to work.

A. drove B. ride C. rode D. drive

5. The local weather forecasts are not always ______________.

A. reliable B. countable C. public D. frequent

6. To protect the environment, we should use ______________ products.

A. convenient B. eco-friendly C. reliable D. comfortable

7. She is not ______________ intelligent ______________ her sister.

A. as|as B. more|as C. as|than

same|as

8. .This is not your luggage. It's ______________.

A. herself B. her C. she D. hers

9. The government encourages people to use more public ______________ to save energy.

A. ticket B. transportation C. streetcar D. luggage

10. I usually walk to school, but today I ______________ to school by bus.

A. am going B. goes C. go D. went

11. Shall I help you? Your ____________ is so heavy.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

A. passport B. boarding pass C. baggage claim D. luggage

D.

12. I forgot my ___________________, so the custom didn’t let me check in at the airport.

A. backpack B. clothes C. food D. passport

13. . It is very _________ app. You can use it easily everywhere.

A. fast B. convenient C. old D. slow

14. . If you don’t ____________ traffic rules, you will be punished.

A. follow B. listen C. go D. do

WORD FORMATION

Supply the correct forms of the given words.

1. I don't want to join your group because your leader is _unfriendly__________.

(FRIEND)

2. My teacher __reliably_________ announces that we will do the final examination next Monday.

(RELIABLE)

3. We felt tired and __________________ after a long journey. ( COMFORTABLE)

4. Nowadays, we have a lot of ______________________in our society. (CONVENIENT)

5. My parents don’t want me to_________________ on them much. (RELIABLE)

6. It’s ________________if you go out too late. (DANGER)

7. Our school provides us lots of _______________ equipment. ( SAFE)

8. He does morning exercise ___________. (FREQUENT)

9. My country attracts a lot of _______________ every year. ( VISIT)

visitors

10. Using eco- ___________ transports is the best way to protect environment. (FRIEND

uncomfortable conveniences rely dangerous safety frequently friendly

READING

1. Read the passage and then decide whether these sentences are True (A) or False (B).

Traffic jams

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

For many years, Alan has been driving to work and back every weekday. Every morning, on his way to work, especially during the rush hour, the highways are usually crowded causing massive traffic jams. The situation is even worse in the evening when he drives home. All the traffic comes to halt whenever there is an accident or a car has broken down and blocks an entire lane. In the winter, particularly when it snows, multi-car accidents

with injuries can take emergency paramedics and vehicles removers a number of hours to clear the road. When Alan is stuck in a heavy traffic jam, he listens to music on the radio to calm his nerves. His boos and his wife know that if he is late, he is probably stuck a traffic.

36. Alan has traveled to work by car.

A. True B. False

37. There are many traffic jams at the highways during the rush hours.

A. True B. False

38. There will be less traffic jams when he drives home.

A. True B. False

39. Broken-down cars that block the entire lane is one reason for traffic jams.

A. True B. False

40. When Alan is stuck in a heavy traffic jam, he will be angry.

A. True B. False

2. Read the passage the circle the best answer. Who are the best drivers? Which drivers are the safest on the roads? According to a recent survey, young and inexperienced drivers are the most likely to have an accident. Older drivers are more careful. Young men have the worst accident records of all. They often choose faster cars with bigger engines. One of the most interesting facts in the survey is that passengers have an effect on the driver. When young male drivers have their friends in the car, their driving becomes worse. When their wife or girlfriend is in the car, however, their driving is better. But this is not true for women. Their driving is more dangerous when their husband or boyfriend is in the car. However, if their small children are riding in the car, they drive more slowly and safely.

1. According to the survey, who are the most likely to have an accident?

A. Young and inexperienced drivers.

B. Old and inexperienced drivers.

C. Young and old female drivers.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

D. Old and experienced men.

2. Young men are likely to choose ___________.

A. expensive cars

B. fast cars with big engines

C. slow and safe cars

D. slow cars with small engines

3. Who have an effect on the driver?

A. Parents B. Policemen C. Families D. Passengers

4. When young male drivers have their wife or girlfriend in the car, they drive ___________.

A.worse B. slowly C. better D. fast

5. The word 'they' in bold in the last sentence refers to ___________.

A.women B. husbands c. boyfriends D. small children,

3. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word. When you are in Singapore, you can go around (1) __by_______ taxi, by bus, or by underground. I prefer the underground (2) ____because_____ it is fast, easy and cheap. There are (3) __many_______ buses and taxis in Singapore and one cannot drive along the road (4) __quickly_______ and without many stops, especially on the Monday morning. The underground is therefore usually quicker (5) __than_______ taxis or buses. If you do not know Singapore very (6) __well_______, it is difficult (7) to find_________ the bus you want. You can (8) ____take_____ a taxi, but it is (9) __more_______ expensive than the underground or a bus. On the underground, you find good maps that tell you the names of the stations and (10) __show_______ you how to get to them, so that it is easy to find you away.

WRITING

1. Rearrange the given words to make a complete sentence.

1. Mother/ my/ yesterday/me/bought/new/a/blue/small/backpack. ______

My mother bought me a new small blue backpack yesterday.

2. cars/aren’t/yours/fast/my/as/as/./ ___________________________________________

My car aren’t as fast as yours.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

3. How/it/take/long/does/Hanoi/you/Sapa/to/?/from ___________________________________________

How long does it take you from Hanoi to Sapa?

4. there/ city center/ traffic jams/ are/ the/ in/ rush hour/ often/ the/ in. _______________

There are often traffic jams in the city center in rush hour.

5. my/ it/ not/ is/ far/ very/ house/ from/ to/ school

It’s not very far from my house to school.

2. Rewrite the following sentences with the given beginnings in such a way that the meanings stay unchanged.

1. My father is a good driver. My father drives__well_____________________________________________.

2. My brother went to work by car some years ago, but now he goes by bus. My brother used to_ work by car some years ago ________.

3. Travelling by cars is more convenient than travelling by planes

Travelling by planes is_ not as convenient as travelling by motorbikes ____.

4. Jackson is 167 centimeters tall. Tony has the same height. (AS…AS)

Jackson is as tall as Tony./Tony is as tall as Jackson.

5. This table is fifteen dollars. That chair is ten dollars. (MORE … THAN)

This table is more expensive than that chair.

LISTENING

Task 1: People are calling home while they are on vacation. Listen and check the word that describes each person.

1. Jill a. worried b. excited c. upset

2. Sean a. relaxed

3. John

b. happy c. frightened

relaxed b. pleased c. worried

4. Rachel

happy b. sick

5. Mary

excited

Task 2: Listen again. Why does each person call? Circle the correct answer.

1. Jill______________________.

a. has some news b. was in a dangerous situation c. wants to ask a favor

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

2. Sean____________________.

a.
a.
c.
a. upset b. sick c. relaxed
6. Margaret a. bored b. pleased c. angry.

a. isn’t having a good time b. has met someone interesting c. needs money

3. John_____________________.

a. lost his wallet b. lost his ticket c. will be coming back on time

4. Rachel____________________.

a. has good news b. needs help c. to tell her friend about a health problem

5. Mary _____________________.

a. lost her glasses b. was in an accident c. has good news

6. Margaret____________________.

a. is coming home earlier b. is taking a different flight c. doesn’t have anything to do

1.

Hi,Mom.This is Jill.Justcalling tosay hello.I’mhaving a wonderfultime.Last week I met this gorgeous Italian guy. He’s really nice. Umm, he doesn’t have a jot yet, but I’m sure he’s going to be very successful and guess what? He wants to marry me. He gave me a beautiful ring – I think it belonged to a relative – anyway, what do you think? I’ll call back later. Bye.

2.

Hi, Mom. Hi, Dad. This is Sean. I’m having a terrific time but I’m not relaxing much. The weatherisgreat so I’m always busy doing something.Things are really expensive in Hawaii – the hotel, the clothes, the food, everything – and I’m completely out of money. So can you send me some money as soon as possible? Thanks. Love you. Bye.

3.

Mom. This is John. Listen. I’m going to be back a day late. Traffic to the airport this morning was terrible. By the time I arrived, my plane had left. I also lost my wallet in the rush. It has all my credit cards in it. And the airline won’t help me. I’m not sure what to do. I’ll call you later. Bye.

4.

Oh, Bob. This is Rachel. Sorry I missed your call last night. I went out for dinner and today I’ve got a terrible stomachache. It must be something I ate.Anyway, I’m going to see the doctor. Don’t worry – I’m sure I’ll be fine. Talk to you soon.

5.

Hi, Dad. This is Mary calling from Paris. Sorry I missed you. Listen. Something terrible happened. I went on a bus tour this morning, and dropped my glasses somewhere. I can’t find them, and I can’t see anything without them. Can you call me back as soon as you get this message?

6.

Hi, Mom. This is Margaret calling. Listen. I won’t be home tomorrow night. They changed my flight and there’s no flight tomorrow. So, uh, I’ll be home on Friday. Don’t worry about me! I’m excited because I can do a few more things here in Hong Kong. See you soon. ***End

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

***
– Of – Test N.1

I. PHONETICS

TEST FOR UNIT N.2

Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in each question.

1. A. lucky B. obey C. safety D. eco-friendly

2. A. convenient B. eco-friendly C. prevent D. enery

3. A. luggage B. suitcase C. underground D. public

Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the other three in each question.

4. A. environment B. regulation C. information D. transportation

5. A. underground B. subway C. transport D. vehicle

II. VOCABULARY

II. VOCABULARY

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below.

6. All of us have to obey _____ strictly.

A. traffic B. traffic rules C. traffic jam D. regular

7. It is _____ for teenage under 18 to ride a bike in Vietnam.

A. legal B. legally C. illegally D. illegal

8. Yesterday Ba and Nga _____ round West Lake. It took them an hour.

A. cycled B. cycle C. cycling D. cycles

9. We are waiting for the next bus _____.

A. to come B. come C. comes D. coming

10. Hurry up or we can’t _____ the last bus home.

A. keep B. follow C. go D. catch

11. Pete and Liz used to go to school _____.

A. by foot B. on foot C. by feet D. on feet

12. They really enjoy _____ the boat.

A. driving B. catching C. sailing D. riding

13. When the bus stop, the students say goodbye to the driver and _____.

A. walk on B. walk of C. get on D. get off

14. His father is a pilot and he has been _____ planes for 10 years.

A. flying B. fly C. flew D. flown

15. You are not _____ to drive to drive without buckling up.

A. allowed B. allowing C. allow D. allowance

16. We should _____ the street at the zebra crossing.

A. walk B. walk through C. walk on D. walk across

Choose the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following sentences.

17. You have to strictly obey traffic signals when riding on the road.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

A. catch B. follow C. see D. observe

18. Hoian used to be a peace and quiet city.

A. peaceful B. lively C. crowded D. noisy

Choose the word or phrase that is OPPOPSITE in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following sentences.

19. Mr. Huy used to ride his motorbike dangerously.

A. riskily B. safely C. carelessly D. annoyingly

20. Hanoi is clean and peaceful.

A. quite B. restful C. noisy D. gentle

III. GRAMMAR

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below.

21. “_____ is it from your house to the nearest bus stop?” – “About 50 metres”.

A. How much B. How long C. How far D. How often

22. Linh and Long used to _____ their bikes in his spare time.

A. ride B. rides C. riding D. rode

23. It used to _____ me 45 minutes to go school by bus.

A. take B. takes C. took D. taking

24. I _____ a horse when I was young, but now I don’t.

A. ride B. have ridden C. used to ride D. was riding

25. _____ does it take to go from Hanoi to Ho Chi Minh city by plane? – About 2 hours

A. How much B. How many C. How long D. How far

26. _____ he use to sail a boat when he was 15?

A. Do B. Does C. Did D. Is

27. Lan _____ travel by plane, but now she travels by plane much.

A. used to B. doesn’t use to C. uses to D. didn’t use to

28. When there is a traffic jam, it _____ me a very long time to go home.

A. takes B. costs C. spends D. lasts

29. It is over 100 km _____ my hometown to Danang city.

A. in B. at C. on D. from

30. I _____ relax on Sundays. But Sunday is my busiest day of the week now.

A. used to B. didn’t use to C. use to D. don’t use to Choose the underlined part that needs correcting in each sentence below.

31. There used to was much traffic in this area.

A B C D

32. How does our English teacher goes to work every day?

A B C D

33. Children must to learn about read safety.

A B C D

34. Did you used to go to school on foot?

A B C D.

35. It takes me 30 minutes riding from home to school.

A B C D

IV. READING

Read the passage and then decide whether these sentences are True (A) or False (B)

Traffic jams

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

For many years, Raze has been driving to work and back every weekday. Every morning, on his way to work, especially during the rush hour, the highways are usually crowded

causing massive traffic jams. The situation is even worse in the evening when he drives home. All the traffic comes to halt whenever there is an accident or a car has broken down and blocks an entire lane. In the winter, particularly when it snows, multi-car accidents with injuries can take emergency paramedics and vehicles removers a number of hours to clear the road. When Raza is stuck in a heavy traffic jam, he listens to music on the radio to calm his nerves. His boos and his wife know that if he is late, he is probably stuck a traffic.

(Adapted from http://www.en.iscollective.com)

36. Raze has traveled to work by car.

A. True B. False

37. There are many traffic jams at the highways during the rush hours.

A. True B. False

38. There will be less traffic jams when he drives home.

A. True B. False

39. Broken-down cars that block the entire lane is one reason for traffic jams.

A. True B. False

40. When Raze is stuck in a heavy traffic jam, he will be angry.

A. True B. False

Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each of the questions below.

Stuck in traffic

Richard Ryan is stuck in traffic. There must be an accident somewhere up ahead because he’s been sitting in the same spot for the last few minutes. The cars aren’t moving at all. It looks like it’s going to be another slow commute. Even though he left his house early to beat the traffic, if the cars don’t start to move soon, Richard will be late for a very important meeting. He has to meet with some lawyers who advising his company on a construction project. Richard is the president of a big company. It he’s late, he won’t get in trouble, but he hates to be late for anything.

(Adapted from http://www.learnamericanenglishonline.com)

41. What is Richard’s problem now?

A. He is stuck in traffic. B. He has a car accident.

C. His car breaks down. D. When he was 14 years old.

42. In paragraph 1, the word “commute” is closest in meaning to

A. pace B. toad C. movement D. travel

43. In paragraph 2, what does it mean by “to beat the traffic”?

A. to avoid traffic jams B. to travel safety

C. to drive on road

D. to move slowly

44. In can be inferred from the second paragraph that

A. Richard is a lawyer

B. Richard has a high position in the company

C. Richard is hiring a groups of lawyer for his company

D. Richard has a trouble working with the lawyer

45. Richard hates

A. traffic jams B. working with the lawyers

C. being late for things

V. WRITING

D. driving his car

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

Choose the sentence (A, B, C or D) that is closest in meaning to the root sentence or best combines the two given sentences.

46. Lan doesn’t play piano anymore.

A. Lan used to play piano.

B. Lan is playing piano.

C. Lan didn’t use to play piano.

D. Lan wasn’t playing piano.

47. I don’t have time to collect stamps as when I was in primary school.

A. I don’t use to collect stamps when I was in primary school.

B. I didn’t use to collect stamps when I was in primary school.

C. I sued to collect stamps when I was in primary school.

D. I use to collect stamps when I was in primary school.

48. He is not a poor man anymore because he has becomes a rich businessman.

A. He used to be a rich man.

B. He used to be a businessman.

C. He used to be a poor man.

D. He used to be a poor businessman.

49. My hair now is much longer than that in the past.

A. My hair is longer now than it in the past.

B. My hair was longer in the past.

C. My hair used to be shorter in the past.

D. My hair used to be longer in the past.

50. They didn’t use to go to the cinema every Sunday last year.

A. They didn’t often go to the cinema every Sunday last year.

B. They used to go to the cinema every Sunday last year.

C. They often went to the cinema every Sunday last year.

D. They didn’t go to the cinema every Sunday last year.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠNOFFICIAL

***End – Of – Test N.2***

UNIT 8 FESTIVALS AROUND THE WORLD

VOCABULARY

ENGLISH TYPE PRONUNCIATION VIETNAMESE

Easter n /ˈiːstə(r)/ lễPhục sinh

Halloween n /ˌhæləʊˈiːn/ lễhội hóa trang

Thanksgiving n /ˌθæŋksˈɡɪvɪŋ/ lễTạơn

Mid-autumn Festival n /mɪd ˈɔːtəm/ tết Trung thu

Water festival n /ˈfestɪvl/ lễhội té nước

Carnival n /ˈkɑːnɪvl/ lễhội các na van parade n /pəˈreɪd/ đoàn diễu hành

annual adj /ˈænjʊəl/ Hàng năm

attraction n /əˈtrækʃ(ə)n/ Sựthu hút

bonfire n /ˈbɒnˌfaɪə/ Lửa mừng competition n /ˌkɒmpɪˈtɪʃən/ Cuộc thi

hot air balloon n /hɒteəbəˈluːn/ Kinh khí cầu

lantern n /ˈlæntən/ Đèn lồng

participant n /pɑːˈtɪsɪpənt/ Người tham gia

race n /reɪs/ Cuộcđua

sculpture n /ˈskʌlpʧə/ Kiến trúc

celebrate adj /ˈsɛlɪbreɪt/ Tổchức

decorate adj /ˈdɛkəreɪt/ Trang trí

exchange n /ɪksˈʧeɪnʤ/ Trao đổi

greeting n /ˈgriːtɪŋ/ Chào hỏi

midnight n /ˈmɪdnaɪt/ Nửa đêm

budding N /ˈbʌdɪŋ/ Nảy nở

temple n /ˈtɛmpl/ Miếu, đền

wish n /wɪʃ/ Ước

defeat adj /dɪˈfiːt/ Đánh bại

demon n /ˈdiːmən/ Ác quỷ

muddy adj /ˈmʌdi / Bùn lầy

wrestling n /ˈrɛslɪŋ/ Đấu vật

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

superstitious adj /ˌsuːpəˈstɪʃəs/ có tính mê tín

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN

OFFICIAL traditional adj /trəˈdɪʃənl/ thuộc truyền thống host v, n /həʊst/ đăng cai, tổchức take place v /teɪk pleɪs/ diễn ra, xảy ra Tet La Tomatina Halloween Easter Christmas Mid-Autumn Festival Carnival Thanksgiving competition exchange bore fire race wish wrestling demon sculpture Task 1. Look at the pictures and give the name of the festival. 1………………… 2………………… 3………………… 4………………… 5………………… 6…………………… 7………………… 8………………… 9………………… 10……………… … 11……………… … 12………………… 13………………… 14…………………… 15………………… 16…………………

1. During the ..................( Mid-autumn festival/ Carnival) there are thousands of samba dancers with very beautiful costumes performing on the streets.

2. (Thanksgiving/ Water Festival) .................. is part of the Thai New Year. People throw buckets of water on each other to wish for luck.

3. Turkey is one of the .................. ( culture / traditional )foods at Thanksgiving in the US.

4. In America, Halloween is one of the two most important .................. (religious/ culture) holidays of the year.

5. British farmers celebrated the end of the ..................(highlight/ harvest) with a big meal to give thanks to God.

6. Many Vietnamese people are very ..................( superstitious/ celebratory) and there are lots of things to do and not to do during Lunar New Year.

7. The Elephant Race Festival in DakLak is a race between elephants that are ridden by their ………….. ( owner/ owners)

8. Every May, the capital of Canada, Ottawa ..................(hosts/ takes place) the world’s largest tulip festival which attracts more than 500,000 tourists to come and see.

1.During the .................., there are thousands of samba dancers with very beautiful costumes performing on the streets.

A. Mid-autumn festival

C. Easter

B. Carnival

D. Halloween

2................... is part of the Thai New Year. People throw buckets of water on each other to wish for luck.

A. Mid-autumn festival

C. Thanksgiving

B. Easter

D. Water Festival

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

3.What I like about festivals is that they show the .................. values of different

Task 2. Complete the sentences withcorrect word. Task 3. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.

communities.

A. Carnival B. culture C. cultural D. parade

4.Turkey is one of the ..................foods at Thanksgiving in the US.

A. Easter B. serious C. culture D. traditional

5.Many Vietnamese people are very .................. and there are lots of things to do and not to do during Lunar New Year.

A. superstitious B. seasonal C. celebratory D. festive

6.In America, Halloween is one of the two most important ........holidays of the year.

A. celebratory B. religious C. culture D. parade

7.After the ................., people often stay at home to play cards or chat together.

A. feast B. cranberry C. jet D. lantern

8.Swimming ..............help protect your eyes and allow you to see better underwater.

A. gravy B. turkey C. goggles D. stuffing

9.British farmers celebrated the end of the......with a big meal to give thanks to God.

A. cranberry B. chaos C. highlight D. harvest

10.The Mid-autumn festival is an occasion for children to play with traditional toys, especially star ..................

A. feast B. lanterns C. stuffing D. jet

11.A bull jumped into the stands in Tafalla, Spain and created the ..................

A. harvest B. turkey C. chaos D. stuffing

12.Every May, the capital of Canada, Ottawa .................. the world’s largest tulip festival which attracts more than 500,000 tourists to come and see.

A. hosts B. takes place C. decorates D. goes

parade highlight feast greasy seasonal celebrations festivals chaos religious superstitious

mid-night defeated celebrate decorate participants muddy temples greeting

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Task 4. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.

1. Christmas is considered the most famous______________ festival of the world.

2. Korean New Year’s______________ begin with everyone wearing traditional dresscalled hanbok.

3. Rock in Rio is one of the world’s biggest music______________.

4. Pongal is a______________ festival celebrated to mark the harvest of crops and offer aspecial thanksgiving to God.

5. The Samba ______________ is the main attraction of the Rio Carnival celebration.

6. Thanksgiving is traditionally celebrated with a______________ among family and friends.

7. “Ham up a______________ pole” is one of the traditions of La Tomatina.

8. The______________ of Carnival is the Samba Parade which is not to be missed!

9. When a loud signal goes off, trucks loaded with tomatoes enter and then begins the

10. According to______________ belief, Friday the 13th is an unlucky day.

11. They are playing in a ___________field, so they are so dirty.

12. I waited for her until _______________ , but he didn’t come.

13. Argentina _____________ France in the football match last world cup.

14. We often visit_______________ with our family on new year.

15._______ is the first thing you have to study when you learn a foreign language.

16. There are many ___________ in the competition.

17. People often ____________ their houses before Tet.

18. My family always ______________a party on New Year’s eve.

1. Streets are decorated with lights and red banners. (colour)

2. It is____________ in America to eat turkey on Thanksgiving Day. (tradition)

3. Vietnam’s New Year is ____________ according to the Lunar calendar. (celebrate)

4. What forms of ____________do you participate in during the festival? (entertain)

5. Her eyes were wide with ____________ when she heard the news. (excite)

6. A masquerade is a______________ gathering of people wearing masks. (festival)

7. The Rio Carnival Samba ______________ are known as the greatest show on Earth! (parade)

8. A music festival includes live______________ of singing and musical instrument playing. (perform)

9. Hue Festival is a ______________ event that is held every two years. (culture)

10. New Year’s Eve is one of the largest global______________ because it marks the last day of the year. (celebrate)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Task 5. Give the correct form of the word given to complete the sentences.

I. Future Simple (“Future simple tense” )

1. Định nghĩa thì tương lai đơn

Thì tương lai đơntrong tiếng anh (Simple future tense) được dùng khi không có kếhoạch hay quyết định làm gì nào trước khi chúng ta nói. Chúng ta ra quyết định tựphát tại thời điểm nói. Thường sửdụng thì tương lai đơn với động từto think trước nó.

2. Cách dùng thì tương lai đơn

Cách dùng thì tương lai đơn

Diễn đạt một quyết định tại thời điểm nói

Ví dụvềthì tương lai đơn

We will see what we can do to help you.

(Chúng tôi sẽxem đểcó thểgiúp gì cho anh.)

I miss her. I will go to her house to see her.

(Tôi nhớcô ấy. Tôi sẽđến nhà gặp cô ấy)

Will you open the door?

(Anh đóng cửa giúp tôi được không) → lời yêu cầu.

Will you come to lunch?

Đưa ra lời yêu cầu, đềnghị, lời mời

(Trưa này cậu tới ăn cơm nhé ) → lời mời

Will you turn on the fan?

(Bạn có thểmởquạt được không ) → lời yêu cầu.

Will you go to this party tonight?

(Bạn sẽđến bữa tiệc tối nay chứ) → lời mời

* Diễn đạt dựđoán không

có căn cứ(think)

I think people will live in megacities next century. I think people will not use computers after 25th century.

My mother thinks people will live in smart homes in near future.

I don’t think we will live in a megacity. What do you think homes will be like in the future?

Cấu trúc Ví dụvềthì tương lai đơn

+ Thểkhẳng định:

S + will + Vo.

(will = ‘ll)

S=I/You/We/They/He/She/It

Danh từ

-Thểphủđịnh:

S + will not+ Vo.

(will not = won’t)

-I will visit Hue city next week. (Tôi sẽđến thăm thành phốHuế.)

-She will be fourteen years old on her next birthday. (Cô ấy sẽ14 tuổi vào sinh nhật kếtiếp.)

-They will come to the party next Sunday.

(Chủnhật tuần sau họsẽđến bữa tiệc.)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

-She won’t forget me. (Cô ấy sẽkhông quên tôi.)

-Park will not go camping next Sunday.

3. Dạng thức của thì tương lai đơn
GRAMMAR

(Chủnhật tới Park sẽkhông đi cắm trại.)

S=I/You/We/They/He/She/It

Danh từ

? Thểnghi vấn & câu trảlời

Will + S + Vo?

–Yes, S + will

-No, S + won’t

S=I/You/We/They/He/She/It

Danh từ

4. Dấu hiệu nhận biết

-We won’t do some shopping tomorrow evening.

(Tối mai chúng tôi sẽkhông đi mua sắm.)

-Will you go to Hanoi city next week?

(Tuần sau bạn sẽđi thành phốHà Nội à?)

 Yes, I will./ No, I won’t.

-Will she meet her boyfriend tonight?

(Tối nay cô ấy sẽgặp bạn trai phải không?)

 Yes, she will./ No, she won’t.

-Will they arrive here next week?

(Tuần sau họsẽđến đây phải không?)

 Yes, they will./ No, they won’t.

-Trong câu thì tương lai đơn thường xuất hiện các từsau: tonight (tối nay); tomorrow (ngày mai); next week/ month/ year.... (tuần/ tháng/ năm sau), some day (một ngày nào đó); soon (chẳng bao lâu),...

II. Different from –Like

- be different from : khác biệt với

He is different from his mother in appearance.

( Anh ấy khác biệt mẹcủa mình vềngoại hình)

- like + N : giống như

Like his mother, she likes cooking.

( Cũng giống như mẹmình, cô ấy thích nấu ăn)

Task 1.Write the sentences using future simple.

1. We / travel/ next week./ will / to Da Nang/

2. I /do / will/ tonight./ my homework/

3. She / play / will / tonight./ chess / with her friend /

4. Minh / not / aerobic / do / tomorrow./will/

5. Nam / go / will / this afternoon./ swimming /

6. will / My father / water / tomorrow./ the flowers /

7. they/ next Sunday ?/ Will / go / fishing

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

8. I / Shall /TV , Dad ? /watch/

-> …………………………………………………………………………………
->
…………………………………………………………………………………
->
…………………………………………………………………………………
-> …………………………………………………………………………………
->
…………………………………………………………………………………
->
…………………………………………………………………………………
-> …………………………………………………………………………………

9. she / come / Will / late ? / home

10. volleyball ?/ here/ we / play / / Shall /

1. What (you, do) ____________________ this evening?

2. I’m a little busy. I (have) ____________________ time to help you with your homework later though.

3. Mr. Brown (give) ____________________ us a grammar test tomorrow.

4. You (help) ____________________ your friend after class, won’t you?

5. Kyung Sook (cook) ____________________ something tasty for dinner tonight. Will you try it?

6. Next year, the university (change) ____________________ its entrance requirements.

7. We (move) ____________________ to the new campus in 2010.

8. ____________________ (you, go) camping with our club on Saturday?

9. ____________________ (you, go) to Canada on your vacation?

10. Our friends ____________________ (meet) us in front of the Sears department store.

11. Miss Brown ____________________ (make) a new list tonight.

12. We (ask) ____________________a policeman which road to take.

13. My wife (call) ____________________ on you tomorrow.

14. I (have) ____________________ my lunch at twelve o’clock.

15. He (be) ____________________ here on Wednesday.

16. He (come) ____________________ at two o’clock tomorrow.

17. The new park (cover) ____________________ a very great area.

18. We (know) ____________________ the answer tomorrow.

19. I hope we (meet) ____________________ him tonight.

20. When the thermometer is below zero water ____________________. (freeze)

21. She (buy) ____________________ her ticket the day after tomorrow.

22. We (go) ____________________for a long walk soon.

23. A lift(take) ____________________ us to the top floor of the hotel.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

24. I am afraid it (be) ____________________ quite impossible.

-> …………………………………………………………………………………
-> …………………………………………………………………………………
-> …………………………………………………………………………………
Task 2.

25. I’m sure they (understand) ____________________ your problem.

1.

1. The final match today is different ____________ 2019.

2. How are you __________________ from your father?

3. The cake tastes __________________ as chocolate.

4. We imagine ourselves more __________________ other animals.

5. Rain is pronounced ___________________ reign in English.

6. The coffee tastes _____________________as milk.

7. I don’t know about that. How’re you __________________ from your mother?

8. The book’s ________________________ from the last time I read it.

9. Susan’s ________________________ bike as my sister.

10. He looks really ___________________________ before.

1. My house is small and old. Your house is spacious and modern. My house is __________________________________________________________.

2. My mother's favorite food is noodle. My favorite food is rice. My mother's favorite food ________________________________________________.

3. My best friend has a powerful personality. I have a weak personality. My best friend's personality _____________________________________________.

4. Life in the countryside is quiet and peaceful. Life in the city is exciting. Life in the countryside is__________________________________________________.

5. Lan's school is Hai Ba Trung School. Hue goes to Nguyen Hue School. Lan’s school is__________________________________________________________.

6. My hobby is collecting stamps. My brother's hobby is playing the piano. My hobby is____________________________________________________________.

7. My answer for this equation is "4" but Tom thinks it should be "5". My answer for this equation is______________________________________________.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

8. My sister's hair is long and wavy. My hair is short and straight My sister’s hair is_______________________________________________________.

Task 4. Using “be different from” to rewrite the following sentences. Task 3. Fill in the blanks using structures “be different from”, “ the same as” comparative “ different than”.

1. His father likes play football. He likes playing football too. Like his father,_________________________________________________________

2. People in Vietnam often decorate their houses before Lunar new year and Chinese people often do the same.

Like Vietnamese people __________________________________________________.

3. She is very beautiful and kind and her sister is also beautiful and kind. Like her sister ,___________________________________________________.

4. People in Australia often watch fireworks on special occasions and Japanese people do the same.

Like Australian people______________________________________________.

5. Peter prefers to eat bread for breakfast, so does Mary.

Like Peter ,______________________________________________________________.

UNIT 9 FESTIVALS AROUD THE WORRD LISTENING

Task 1: Look at the table and fill in the blanks:

2. It is a ----------------------. Traditionally, it was held to celebrate the summer harvest’s end.

3. In Vietnam, most families buy Moon Cakes from shops, while some other families --------------for themselves.

4. People often eat Moon Cakes with fruits or -----------------.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Task 5.Using “like
+ N” to rewrite the following sentences.

1. Mid-Autumn Festival is very ----------in many Asian countries, including Vietnam.

5. During the festival, people can also watch the -----------------by the performers on the streets.

Task 2: Listen to the passage then decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F)

1. Mid-autumn Festival is held in Vietnam only.

2. Mid-autumn Festival is a seasonal festival.

3. Some families make Moon Cakes by themselves.

4. People never eat Moon Cakes with tea.

5. People can watch the Lion Dances during Mid-autumn Festival.___________

UNIT 9 FESTIVAL AROUND THE WORLD

SPEAKING

Task 1. Match the questions and answers. Then practice.

1. Where is the festivalcelebrated?

2. When is the festivalheld?

3. How far is it from the capitalcity?

4. How long does it take to get there by car?

5. How often does the festival take place?

6. Why do people hold thisfestival?

7. How do people celebrate this festival?

8. Who can attend thisfestival?

1- A. They throwtomatoes at each other

2- B. In Bunol, a small town inSpain

3-

C. Twenty thousand people, I think.

4- D. On last Wednesday ofAugust

5-

E. It is free. You just join and have fun.

6- F. To celebrate the tomatoharvest

7- G. Anyone. However, small children should notcome

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

8- H. About three hours and ahalf

9. How much does it cost to attend this festival?

9- E. Annually

10. How many people attended this festival?

Task 2. Put the dialogue into the correct order.

_____ I think it should be Day of the Dead.

10- F. More than three hundred kilometers

_____ It is celebrated in Mexico, Ecuador, Guatemala in November 1st

_1___ Hello Dan. What are you doing?

_____ Fantastic! Can I borrow your book once you finish reading it?

_____ Hi. I’m reading a book about festivals in the world.

_____ What do people do in this festival?

_____ Cool! Which festival do you find most impressive?

_____They decorate their homes and gravesites with food, candles, candy skulls and flowers to welcome the dead back to earth. They also dress up as skeletons and parade through the streets.

_____ Day of the Dead? Where is it celebrated?

_____ Sure.

UNIT 9 FESTIVAL AROUND THE WORLD READING

Task 1. Read and answer the questions.

1.What is Vietnam’s New Year known as?

2.Is Tet celebrated according to the Lunar calendar?

3.When does the Lunar New Year begin?

4.What do Vietnamese people usually do to prepare for Tet?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

5.Why are the first three days the most important?

6. DoesTet last five days?

7.Why are the first three days the most important?

Vietnam’s New Year is celebrated according to the Lunar calendar. It is especially known as Tet Nguyen Dan, or Tet. It begins between January twenty-first and February nineteen. The exact date changes from year to year. Vietnamese people usually make preparations for the holiday several weeks beforehand. They tidy their houses, cook special food, clean and make offerings on the family altars. On the New Year’s Eve, people sit up to midnight to see New Year in, then they put on new clothes and give one another the greetings of the season. Tet lasts ten days. The first three days are the most important. Vietnamese people believe that how people act during those days will influence the whole year. As a result, they make every effort to avoid arguments and smile as much as possible.

The Edinburg Festival is the biggest arts festival in the world. (1) ______August, thousands of people come to the city to join the festival. If (2) ______for three weeks and has a lot of activities. People enjoy music and dance performances in the streets (3) ______early morning until late at night. They also see artists paintingpicturesinthestreets. One of (4) ______most interesting pals of the festival is “Fringe”. Here people enjoy comedy shows by students in small halls and cafes. At thisfestival, tourists also have a chance to (5) ______new films, plays and listen to famous musicians playing great music. Although it is the world’s largest festival, its tickets (6) ______quite cheap. This is one of the reasons why it attracts so many people every year.

1. A. On B. At

2. A. goes

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

3. A. in

from

C. between

C. in
B. last C. ends
B.
Task 2.Choose the correct word A, B or C for each gap to complete the following passage.

4. A. the B. a C. much

5. A. learn B. be C. see

Task 3. Read and decide if each statement is true or false or not given.

6. A. are B. every C. will OUR EASTER

Hello! My name is Jack. I am 12 years old and I live in a small town in the South of Britain with my mum, dad and my sister Emily.

It is spring now and I am very happy because Easter is coming. I am telling you what we do in Britain at Easter.

Easter starts on Good Friday in Britain. My mum makes hot cross buns and we eat them with tea. We usually have some activities to celebrate Easter. Last year we made colorful hats. This year we are going to design a basket full of painted Easter eggs. It will be a great fun.

On Easter Sunday morning, wehave a big breakfast. After breakfast we all go to church. When we get home, we give each other chocolate eggs. Kids get the biggest eggs. Then we play “Easter Egg Hunt”. My parents hide some Easter eggs in the garden and Emily and I look for them. We love playing it.

In the afternoon, my aunt and uncle come to our house to enjoy tea. We have Easter cupcakes and delicious tea. After that we usually go for a walk together.

I like Easter because it is a great family festival, and we do not have to go to school for 02 weeks.

No. Statements T F NG

1. Easter is in summer.

2. Jack’s family eats hot cross buns on Good Friday morning.

3. Children make a basket full of painted Easter eggs this year.

4. Jack likes doing Easter activities.

5. Easter Egg Hunting means that children eat chocolate eggs.

6. Jack gets three chocolate eggs.

7. On Sunday afternoon, no one comes to Jack’s house.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

8 Children have to go to school even in Easter.

Task 4. Complete the passage with the words from the box. other carved trick-or-treating fun unwanted comes costumes frightening

Halloween is celebrated on October31, and many people, including children, dress up in (1)______________ , visit people’s houses, and ask for candy. This is called (2) _______________.

There are (3) ______________ traditions at Halloween. People have parties in their houses.

You can dress up in scary costumes for (4) ______________ , but your costume doesn’t have to be scary. In the USA, many people wear costumes that aren’t (5) ______________ .

People also tell scary stories at Halloween or play games like bobbing for apples. Some people make jack-o’-lanterns. (6) ______________ pumpkins with candles inside, and put them inside or outside their houses. It’s unclear where this tradition (7) ______________ from.

Some historians believe that in the past, they were used to scary away (8) ______________visitors or travelers. Jack-o’-lanterns are now chiefly associated with Halloween.

UNIT 9

FESTIVAL AROUND THE WORLD

WRITING

Task 1. Write sentences with the cues given. Use the correct form of the verbs.

1. Christmas / be / one / most famous / religious festivals / the world.

2. Easter / hold / celebrate / the resurrection from the dead / Jesus Chris.

3. highlight/ festival/the tomato fight.

_____________________________________________________________________

4. My family and I / go / Thailand / last April / take part / the Songkran Festival.

5. Elephants / spray / water / tourists / during / the Songkran festival / Ayutthaya, Bangkok.

_____________________________________________________________________

6. 2010/ Burning Man/ last/ one week / there /51,515 people /attended.

_____________________________________________________________________

7. Vietnamese people / prepare / Tet / clean / their houses / cook / traditional special foods.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

_____________________________________________________________________

8. Thanksgiving / be / seasonal holiday/ hold / annually / give thanks / God /successful

→ __________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
→ _____________________________________________________________________

Task 2. Rewrite the sentences with the same meaning.

1. This house is not the same as my old house. ( DIFFERENT FROM) This house is_______________________________________________.

2. Nam is tall and handsome and his brother is tall and handsome too. ( LIKE + N) Like________________________________________________.

3. They celebrated this festival years ago , but they stopped. ( USED TO V) They used to_________________________________________.

4. Many participants take part in eating competition every year. ( PARTICIPATE) Many participants _______________________________________________.

5. It’s so dirty to play in a muddy field. ( V-ing …………+ Adjective) Playing________________________________________________.

-What is the festival?...................................... …………………………………………………..

-What is it about??...................................... …………………………………………………..

-Who participated in it??................................ …………………………………………………..

-What activities are there in it?............................

-What do you think about it??......................... …………………………………………………..

harvest. → _____________________________________________________________________
DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL
Task 3. Write 5 sentences describing the pictures.

TEST FOR UNIT N.1

I. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR.

Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each of the following sentences. (13 points)

Question 1. During ______________, people often eat, drink and listen to music.

A. sculpture B. competitions C. festivals D. lanterns

Question 2. My birthday is a(n) ______________ event because it only happens once a year.

A. monthly B. usual C. traditional D. annual

Question 3. American English is ______________ British English.

A. different B. difference C. different from D. difference between

Question 4. People usually wear ______________ on special occasions.

A. traditional games B. special greetings C. interesting activities D. traditional clothes

Question 5. Mud Ball Wrestling festival ______________ in the next Spring.

A. happened B. will happen C. happens D. is happening

Question 6. Da Lat is one of the mostfamous tourist ______________.

A. attraction B. attract C. attractive D. attractions

Question 7. Teenagers often ______________ gifts with family and friends at Christmas.

A. changing B. exchanging C. change D. exchange

Question 8. Most of Asian countries ______________ Lunar New Year excitingly.

A. prefer B. celebrate C. compete D. decorate

Question 9. Last year, she ______________ house with coloful bulbs.

A. to decorate B. decorates C. decorated D. decorate

Question 10. People living in Australia______________ Christmas in Summer.

A. do B. have C. has D. make

Question 11. This place is different _______________when I first came last year.

A. in B. on C. from D. to

Question12. Peter often __________________ his house before New Year.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

A. decorate B. buy C. defeat D. do

Question 13. Every year, there are a lot of __________________ to join the competition.

A. participants B. demon C. girls D. bulls

II. WORD FORMATION

Supply the correct formsof the given words.

1.We often _______________ in the fun run in summer. ( PARTICIPANT)

2.There are many ______________ around the world. ( CELEBRATE)

3.The eating ______________ is celebrating next year. (COMPETE)

4.This festival takes place ________________. ( ANNUAL).

5.We prefer colorful and beautiful ______________ at Christmas. ( DECORATE)

READING

1.Read about strange New Year’s practices in some countries. Then choose T (True) or F (False).

Denmark –Some people have a loud way of celebrating the New Year. They throw plates on their friends’ doors. The people with many dishes outside their doors feel proud because they have a lot of friends.

The USA –It’s a tradition in America to share a midnight kiss with someone you love. This will make the coming year beautiful and full of love for you.

Chile –In Chile people participate in a mass on New Year’s Eve. Then they go to the graveyard, sit on their chairs and wait for the New Year with the dead.

Korea –On New Year’s days, children wear a Hanbok, a traditional Korean dress, make one bow to their elders and wish them a long and healthy life. In return, they receive advice and some money.

1. The Americans exchange a midnight kiss with someone they love. T F

2. Korean elders bow to their children. T F

3. In Chile, people welcome the New Year with the dead. T F

4. Korean children make three bows to their elders. T F

5. In Denmark, people celebrate the New Year quietly. T F

2. Choose the option (A, B,or C) –the correct answer.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Every year in July, people in Ubon Ratchathani Thailand celebrate the Candle Festival. Tourists from all over the country come to Ubon to look at huge wax candles that a parade through the streets. There is music, dancers, a huge market and even a competition for

artist to design the best candle. In other countries, they have different festivals. Some are really strange. One of the weirdest festivals in the world is Day of the Dead. People decorate their homes and gravesites with food, candles, candy skulls and flowers to welcome the dead back to earth. People dress up as skeletons and parade through the streets. Day of the Dead sounds like a scary event, but it’s a happy time to celebrate and remember the lives of dead family members.

(Adapted fromhttp://www.thaifestivalblogs.com)

1. When is the Candle Festival in Thailand celebrated?

A. In every July.

B. In July every 2 years.

C. Every year

D. Both A and C are correct.

2. Who can participate in the Candle Festival?

A. People from Ubon Ratchathani.

B. People from Thailand.

C. People from other countries.

D. All are correct.

3. What is NOT included in Candle Festival’s activities?

A. Candle parade.

B. Musical performance.

C. Candle design.

D. Candle blow.

4. The word “weirdest” is closest in meaning to?

A. the best.

B. the most popular.

C. the strangest.

D. the most common.

5. According to the text, people celebrate Day of the Dead in order to

A. memories dead family members.

B. have meal together.

C. share the sadness.

D. pray for the family members.

3. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

Yesterday, Carlos went (1) __________ La Tomatina. The festival is held on the last Wednesday of August every year in Buñol, Spain. (2)__________ were thousands of people there. In the morning, many people tried (3)__________ up the pole to get the ham. At 11 a.m., they (4)__________a jet from the water cannons and the chaos began.

Bags of tomatoes from trucks were (5)__________ to the crowds, and they began throwing tomatoes at one another. They all had to wear goggle (6)__________their eyes.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

After one hour, they saw another jet and stopped (7)__________. The whole town square (8)__________red with rivers of tomato juice. Finally, they tried tomato Paella,

(9)__________Spanish rice dish. Together with local people and tourists, they enjoyed the (10) __________food and drink.

WRITING

1. Rearrange the given phrases to make a complete sentence.

1. yours/ my/me/book/different/is/from.

2. He / play / will / tomorrow./ table tennis / with his friend /

3. they/ next week ?/ Will / go / mountain climbing

4. his/like/ enjoys/ football/ father/ playing/ he/.

5. celebrate/ often/ we/ parties/ big/ on/ occasions/ special.

2. Rewrite the following sentences with the given words and/or beginnings in such a way that the meanings stay unchanged. (10 points)

6. Would you like to decorate your room on your own? (WANT)

Do ………………………………………………………………………..yourself?

7. During dinner, she never watches TV.

While……………………………………………………………………..

8. Jack likes painting portraits. (KEEN)

9. To me, it's easy to understand the causes of traffic jam.

I find……………………………………………………………………..

10. Because of his good diet, John is always healthy.

Because John……………………………………………..….

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

……………………………………………………………………..

Task 1: Listen. When are these celebrations? Write the celebrations in the correct months.

Task2:Listenagain.Whatdopeopledotocelebrate?Matcheachcelebrationwith anactivity.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

LISTENING
St.Patrick’s Day 2 MoonFestival 3 BobMarleyDay 4 DayoftheDead 5 KartiniDay 6 St.Lucia’sDay
1.
1 ____St.Patrick’sDay a. visitgraves 2 ____MoonFestival b. gotoconcerts 3 ____BobMarleyDay c. sharespeciallunches 4 ____DayoftheDead d. wearspecialclothes 5 ____KartiniDay e. gotoaparade 6 ____St.Lucia’sDay f. eatspecialcakes
End –Of –TestN.1
***
***

I. PHONETICS

TEST FOR UNITN.2

Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in each question.

1. A. snake B. educate C. racing D. castle

2. A.those B.they C.than D.Thanksgiving

3. A. desert B. held C. prefer D. celebrate

Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the other three in each question.

4. A. festival B. event C. around D. defeat

5. A. celebrate B. participant C. sculpture D. decorate

II. VOCABULARY

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below.

6. Everybody has gone to the _____ festival.

A. music B. musical C. musician D. musicians

7. The Academy Awards, commonly _____ as the Oscars, are the most famous film awards in the world.

A. know B. knew C. known D. be known

8. La Tomatina is a _____ festival to celebrate the tomato harvest.

A. year B. seasonal C. season D. annually

9. Some people love to go _____ with friends on New Year’s Eve.

A. walk B. for walk C. for a walk D. for a walking

10. The _____ atmosphere is felt around all the villages.

A. tradition B. festival C. festive D. air

11. People of _____ minorities in Phu Yen celebrate Hoi Mua Festival every March

A. village B. local C. native D. ethnic

12. We saw a _____ of Lotus floats when attending Loykrathong Festival in Thailand last year.

A. parade B. march C. group D. class

13. In Vietnam, many people’s _____ is Buddhism.

A. custom B. religion C. tradition D. festival

14. Mr. Dam is a _____ person because he believes much in his star sign.

A. superstitious B. careful C. traditional D. smart

15. Many families in Vietnam _____ their ancestor on Hoi Mua occasion.

A. worship B. worships C. worshiping D. worshiped

16. Many villages _____ offer money or contribute food and drink to celebrate the festival.

A. volunteer B. volunteerly C. voluntary D. voluntarily

Choose the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following sentences.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

17. Tet Holiday is the most important festival in Vietnam which takes place in late January or early February.

A. appears B. occurs C. brings D. holds 18. Some people take naps after the feast with the whole family.

A. play games B. go out C. go to sleep D. hang out Choose the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following sentences.

19. During their concert, Cold play stirred up the crowd in nearly 3 hours with their hit songs.

A. hand up B. move up C. settle D. sit down 20. We are so into the music played by him.

A. enjoy B. excite about C. dislike D. fond of III. GRAMMAR

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below. 21. _____ will take the money back? Mary.

A. Who B. What C. Why D. Whose 22. _____ does the man drink milk? Everyday

A. Who B. How often C. Where D. When 23. _____ sugar should be bought? Two kilos and a half.

A. How heavy B. How many C. How much D. How about 24. _____ does he do business? To earn a living.

A. Who B. What C. Where D. Why 25. _____ could they swim? They could swim there.

A. Who B. What C. Where D. When 26. _____ did they arrive in London? On August 2.

A. Who B. What C. Where D. When 27. _____ did you buy this T-shirt? In Bangkok, Thailand.

A. When B. Where C. What D. Who 28. _____ wants to attend “The Flower Festival” in Dalat this year?

A. How B. What C. Why D. Who 29. _____ is this Festival held? Every 2 years.

A. How long B. Why C. How often D. Who 30. _____ does “Westlife” concert take place? This June.

A. How often B. What C. When D. Why Choose the underlined part that need correcting in each sentence below. 31. People needto celebratefestivalbecause oftheyhelppreservetheirtraditions and customs. A B C D

32.Celebratingtradition festivalsshouldbeencouragein ourcommunity. A B C D 33. Festivalshelppeopleina communitycooperatingmore withothers.

A B C D 34. “Huong pagodafestival”iscelebratedannual.

A B C D

35. People can understandmoreabout theirculturalvaluesbyparticipatein festivals. A B C D

V. READING

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Read the passage and then decide whether the sentences are True (A) or False (B)

UK summer music festival

Held on a farm, the Glastonbury Festival is the most well-known and popular festival in the UK. It began in 1970 and was attended by one thousand five hundred people each paying an admission price of £1 –the ticket included free milk from the farm. Since then the Glastonbury Festival has gone from strength to strength –in 2004 one hundred and fifty thousand fans attended, paying £112 for tickets to the three-day event. Glastonbury is not unique in using live music to raise money for global poverty. In July of this year, the Live 8 concerts will be held simultaneously in London, Paris, Rome and Berlin. Superstars, such as Madonna, Sir Elton John and Stevie Wonder will perform in order to highlight international poverty and debt.

(Adapted from http://www.bbc.co.us/worldservice/learningenglish)

36. Glastonbury Festival is held inside big buildings.

A. True B. False

37. The Festival has been held for more than 100 years.

A. True B. False

38. Participants of the festival have to pay extra money for milk from the farm.

A. True B. False

39. In 2004, attendees paid £112 for tickets to each day of the event.

A. True B. False

40. Glastonbury is also held for charity purposes.

A. True B. False

Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each question.

Edinburgh Festival

Every year, thousands of people come to Edinburgh, the capital city of Scotland to be part of the Edinburgh Festival. For three weeks every August the city is filled with actors and artists from all over the world. They come to Edinburgh for the biggest arts festival in the UK. During this time the streets of the city are alive with music and dance from early morning until late at night. You can even see artists painting pictures on the streets. One of the best parts of the Festival is the 'Fringe', where students do comedy shows in small halls and cafes.

Tens of thousands of tourists come to the Festival to see new films, plays and hear music played by famous musicians. This year, you can see over eight hundred performances with actors from more than sixty countries.

Theticketsfortheseperformancesarequitecheap,anditisusuallyeasiertoseeyour favourite star in Edinburgh than it is in London. So come to Edinburgh next summer, but remember it can be hard to find a room, so why not book your hotelnow.

41. How long is the EdinburghFestival?

A. Less than amonth.

B. Amonth.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

C. More than amonth.

42. Why do actors and artists come to theFestival?

a. It is the biggest in theworld.

b. It is the biggest inEurope.

c. It is the biggest inBritain.

43. Who takes part in the'Fringe'?

a. Students.

b. FamousArtists.

c. FamousActors.

44. How many performers are there this year?

A. Less than eight hundredperformances.

a. About eight hundredperformances.

b. Over eight hundredperformances.

45. What are difficult to find during theFestival?

a. Places tostay.

b. Tickets for theshows.

c. Famouspeople.

V. WRITING

Choose the question (A, B, C or D) for the underlined part of the given sentence.

46. She stayed at homebecause she was sick.

A. Why she stayed at home?

B. Why did she stay at home?

C. Why at home she stayed?

D. Why at home did she stay?

47. I am going to buy12eggs.

A. How many eggs are you going to buy?

B. How many eggs you are going to buy?

C. How much eggs are you going to buy?

D. How much eggs you are going to buy?

48.Tonyadmires Celine Dion.

A. Who does admire Celine Dion?

B. Who is admire Celine Dion?

C. Who admires Celine Dion?

D. Who admire Celine Dion?

49.Hisson broke a vase.

A. Who broke the vase?

B. Whose broke the vase?

C. Whose is broke the vase?

D. Whose son broke the vase?

50. Theywalkto work every day.

A. How they to work every day?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

B. How do they to work every day?

C. How do they go to work every day?

D. How do they walk to work every day?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

_____The end_____

UNIT 8 FESTIVALS AROUND THE WORLD

VOCABULARY

ENGLISH TYPE PRONUNCIATION VIETNAMESE

Easter n /ˈiːstə(r)/ lễPhục sinh

Halloween n /ˌhæləʊˈiːn/ lễhội hóa trang

Thanksgiving n /ˌθæŋksˈɡɪvɪŋ/ lễTạơn

Mid-autumn Festival n /mɪd ˈɔːtəm/ tết Trung thu

Water festival n /ˈfestɪvl/ lễhội té nước

Carnival n /ˈkɑːnɪvl/ lễhội các na van parade n /pəˈreɪd/ đoàn diễu hành

annual adj /ˈænjʊəl/ Hàng năm

attraction n /əˈtrækʃ(ə)n/ Sựthu hút

bonfire n /ˈbɒnˌfaɪə/ Lửa mừng competition n /ˌkɒmpɪˈtɪʃən/ Cuộc thi

hot air balloon n /hɒteəbəˈluːn/ Kinh khí cầu

lantern n /ˈlæntən/ Đèn lồng

participant n /pɑːˈtɪsɪpənt/ Người tham gia

race n /reɪs/ Cuộcđua

sculpture n /ˈskʌlpʧə/ Kiến trúc

celebrate adj /ˈsɛlɪbreɪt/ Tổchức

decorate adj /ˈdɛkəreɪt/ Trang trí

exchange n /ɪksˈʧeɪnʤ/ Trao đổi

greeting n /ˈgriːtɪŋ/ Chào hỏi

midnight n /ˈmɪdnaɪt/ Nửa đêm

budding N /ˈbʌdɪŋ/ Nảy nở

temple n /ˈtɛmpl/ Miếu, đền

wish n /wɪʃ/ Ước

defeat adj /dɪˈfiːt/ Đánh bại

demon n /ˈdiːmən/ Ác quỷ

muddy adj /ˈmʌdi / Bùn lầy

wrestling n /ˈrɛslɪŋ/ Đấu vật

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

superstitious adj /ˌsuːpəˈstɪʃəs/ có tính mê tín

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN

traditional adj /trəˈdɪʃənl/ thuộc truyền thống host v, n /həʊst/ đăng cai,
take place v /teɪk pleɪs/ diễn ra, xảy ra Tet La Tomatina Halloween Easter Christmas Mid-Autumn Festival Carnival Thanksgiving competition exchange bore fire race wish wrestling demon sculpture
OFFICIAL
tổchức
…………………… 10…
11…demon 12…
1… Christmas 2
………………… 3
………………… 4
6
…………………… 7
8
Task
1.
Look at the pictures and give the name of the festival. 9.Born-fire
wrestling
sculpture
La Tomatina
Halloween
Carnival 5Tet
Easter
Mid-Autumn
Thanksgiving

Task 2. Complete the sentences withcorrect word.

1. During the ..................(Mid-autumn festival/ Carnival) there are thousands of samba dancers with very beautiful costumes performing on the streets.

2. (Thanksgiving/ Water Festival) .................. is part of the Thai New Year. People throw buckets of water on each other to wishfor luck.

3. Turkey is one of the .................. ( culture / traditional )foods at Thanksgiving in the US.

4. In America, Halloween is one of the two most important .................. (religious/ culture) holidays of the year.

5. British farmers celebrated theend of the ..................(highlight/ harvest) with a big meal to give thanks to God.

6. Many Vietnamese people are very ..................( superstitious/ celebratory) and there are lots of things to do and not to do during Lunar New Year.

7. The Elephant Race Festival in DakLak is a race between elephants that are ridden by their ………….. ( owner/ owners)

8. Every May, the capital of Canada, Ottawa ..................(hosts/ takes place) the world’s largest tulip festival which attracts more than 500,000 tourists to come and see.

Task 3. Choose the best answer a, b, c or d to complete the sentence.

1.During the .................., there are thousands of samba dancers with very beautiful costumes performing on the streets.

A. Mid-autumn festival

C. Easter

B. Carnival

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

D. Halloween

2................... is part of the Thai New Year. People throw buckets of water on each

13…race………… 14…wish…………… …… 15…competition… 16…exchange……

other to wish for luck.

A. Mid-autumn festival B. Easter

C. Thanksgiving D. Water Festival

3.What I like about festivals is that they show the .................. values of different communities.

A. Carnival B. culture C. cultural D. parade

4.Turkey is one of the ..................foods at Thanksgiving in the US.

A. Easter B. serious C. culture D. traditional

5.Many Vietnamese people are very .................. and there are lots of things to do and not to do during Lunar New Year.

A. superstitious B. seasonal C. celebratory D. festive

6.In America, Halloween is one of the two most important ........holidays of the year.

A. celebratory B. religious C. culture D. parade

7.After the ................., people often stay at home to play cards or chat together.

A. feast B. cranberry C. jet D. lantern

8.Swimming ..............help protect your eyes and allow you tosee better underwater.

A. gravy B. turkey C. goggles D. stuffing

9.British farmers celebrated the end of the......with a big meal to give thanks to God.

A. cranberry B. chaos C. highlight D. harvest

10.The Mid-autumn festival is an occasion for children to play with traditional toys, especially star ..................

A. feast B. lanterns C. stuffing D. jet

11.A bull jumped into the stands in Tafalla, Spain and created the ..................

A. harvest B. turkey C. chaos D. stuffing

12.Every May, the capital of Canada, Ottawa .................. the world’s largest tulip festival which attracts more than 500,000 tourists to come and see.

A. hosts B. takes place C. decorates D. goes

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

parade highlight feast greasy seasonal Task 4. Complete the sentences with the words from the box.

celebrations festivals chaos religious superstitious mid-night defeated celebrate decorate participants muddy temples greeting

1. Christmas is considered the most famous__ religious festival of the world.

2. Korean New Year’s_ celebrations __begin with everyone wearing traditional dresscalled hanbok.

3. Rock in Rio is one of the world’s biggest music_ festivals _____________.

4. Pongal is a_ seasonal ____festival celebrated to mark the harvest of crops and offer aspecial thanksgiving to God.

5. The Samba parade ______________ is the main attraction of the Rio Carnival celebration.

6. Thanksgiving is traditionally celebrated with a_ feast _____________ among family and friends.

7. “Ham up a_ greasy _____pole” is one of the traditions of La Tomatina.

8. The_ highlight _____of Carnival is the Samba Parade which is not to be missed!

9. When a loud signal goes off, trucks loaded with tomatoes enter and thenbegins the chaos

10. According to_ superstitious ___belief, Friday the 13th is an unlucky day.

Task 5. Give the correct form of the word given to complete the sentences.

1. Streets are decorated with colourful lights and red banners. (colour)

2. It is__ traditional ___in America to eat turkey on Thanksgiving Day. (tradition)

3. Vietnam’s New Year is _ celebrated __according to the Lunar calendar. (celebrate)

4. What forms of _ entertainment _do you participate in during the festival? (entertain)

5. Her eyes were wide with _. excitement _____when she heard the news. (excite)

6. A masquerade is a_ festive ______ gathering of people wearing masks. (festival)17. 7.

The Rio Carnival Samba parades __ are known as the greatest show on Earth! (parade)

8. A music festival includes live performance __of singing and musical instrument playing. (perform)

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

9. Hue Festival is a cultural ___ event that is held every two years. (culture)

10. New Year’s Eve is one of the largest global celebrations ____ because it marks the last day of the year. (celebrate)

I. Future Simple (“Future simple tense” )

1. Định nghĩa thì tương lai đơn Thì tương lai đơntrong tiếng anh (Simple future tense) được dùng khi không có kếhoạch hay quyết định làm gì nào trước khi chúng ta nói. Chúng ta ra quyết định tựphát tại thời điểm nói. Thường sửdụng thì tương lai đơn với động từto think trước nó.

2. Cách dùng thì tương lai đơn Cách dùng thì tương lai đơn Ví dụvềthì tương lai đơn

Diễn đạt một quyết định tại thời điểm nói

We will see what we can do to help you.

(Chúng tôi sẽxem đểcó thểgiúp gì cho anh.)

I miss her. I will go to her house to see her.

(Tôi nhớcô ấy. Tôi sẽđến nhà gặp cô ấy)

Will you open the door?

(Anh đóng cửa giúp tôi được không) → lời yêu cầu.

Will you come to lunch?

Đưa ra lời yêu cầu, đềnghị, lời mời

(Trưa này cậu tới ăn cơm nhé ) → lời mời

Will you turn on the fan?

(Bạn có thểmởquạt được không ) → lời yêu cầu.

Will you go to this party tonight?

(Bạn sẽđến bữa tiệc tối nay chứ) → lời mời

I think people will live in megacities next century.

* Diễn đạt dựđoán không có căn cứ(think)

I think people will not use computers after 25th century.

My mother thinks people will live in smart homes in near future.

I don’t think we will live in a megacity. What do you think homes will be like in the future?

3. Dạng thức của thì tương lai đơn

Cấu trúc Ví dụvềthì tương lai đơn + Thểkhẳng định:

S + will + Vo.

(will = ‘ll)

S=I/You/We/They/He/She/It

Danh từ

-I will visit Hue city next week.

(Tôi sẽđến thăm thành phốHuế.)

-She will be fourteen years old on her next birthday.

(Cô ấy sẽ14 tuổi vào sinh nhật kếtiếp.)

-They will come to the party next Sunday.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

(Chủnhật tuần sau họsẽđến bữa tiệc.)

GRAMMAR

-Thểphủđịnh:

-She won’t forget me.

S + will not+ Vo. (will not = won’t)

S=I/You/We/They/He/She/It

Danh từ

? Thểnghi vấn & câu trảlời Will + S + Vo?

–Yes, S + will

-No, S + won’t

S=I/You/We/They/He/She/It

Danh từ

4. Dấu hiệu nhận biết

(Cô ấy sẽkhông quên tôi.)

-Park will not go camping next Sunday.

(Chủnhật tới Park sẽkhông đi cắm trại.)

-We won’t do some shopping tomorrow evening.

(Tối mai chúng tôi sẽkhông đi mua sắm.)

-Will you go to Hanoi city next week?

(Tuần sau bạn sẽđi thành phốHà Nội à?)

 Yes, I will./ No, I won’t.

-Will she meet her boyfriend tonight?

(Tối nay cô ấy sẽgặp bạn trai phải không?)

 Yes, she will./ No, she won’t.

-Will they arrive here next week?

(Tuần sau họsẽđến đây phải không?)

 Yes, they will./ No, they won’t.

-Trong câu thì tương lai đơn thường xuất hiện các từsau: tonight (tối nay); tomorrow (ngày mai); next week/ month/ year.... (tuần/ tháng/ năm sau), some day (một ngày nào đó); soon (chẳng bao lâu),...

II. Different from –Like

- be different from : khác biệt với

He is different from his mother in appearance.

( Anh ấy khác biệt mẹcủa mình vềngoại hình)

- like + N : giống như

Like his mother, she likes cooking.

( Cũng giống như mẹmình, cô ấy thích nấu ăn)

Task 1. Write the sentences using future simple.

1. We / travel/ next week./ will / to Da Nang/ -> …………………………………………………………………………………

We will travel to Da Nang next week

2. I /do / will/ tonight./ my homework/ -> …………………………………………………………………………………

I will do my homework tonight.

3. She / play / will / tonight./ chess / with her friend /

She will play chess with her friend tonight.

4. Minh / not / aerobic / do / tomorrow./will/

Minh won’t do arobic tomorrow.

5. Nam / go / will / this afternoon./ swimming / -> …………………………………………………………………………………

Nam will go swimming this afternoon.

6. will / My father / water / tomorrow./ the flowers / -> …………………………………………………………………………………

My father will water the flowers tomorrow.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

7. they/ next Sunday ?/ Will / go / fishing

Will they go fishing next Sunday?

-> …………………………………………………………………………………
-> …………………………………………………………………………………

8. I / Shall /TV , Dad ? /watch/

Shall I watch TV dad?

9. she / come / Will / late ? / home

Will she come home late?

10. volleyball ?/ here/ we / play / / Shall /

Shall we play volleyball here?

1. What (you,do) willyoudo thisevening?

2. I’malittlebusy.I (have) willhave timetohelpyouwithyourhomeworklaterthough.

3. Mr.Brown (give) willgive usagrammartesttomorrow.

4. You (help) Willyouhelp yourfriendafterclass,won’tyou?

5. KyungSook (cook) willcook somethingtastyfordinnertonight.Willyoutryit?

6. Nextyear,theuniversity (change) willchange itsentrancerequirements.

7. We (move) willmove tothenewcampusin2010.

8. Willyougo (you,go) campingwithourclubonSaturday?

9. Willyougo (you,go) toCanadaonyourvacation?

10. Ourfriends willmeet (meet) usinfrontoftheSearsdepartmentstore.

11. MissBrown willmake (make) anewlisttonight.

12. We (ask) willask apolicemanwhichroadtotake.

13. Mywife (call) willcall onyoutomorrow.

14. I (have) willhave mylunchattwelveo’clock.

15. He (be) willbe hereonWednesday.

16. He (come) willcome attwoo’clocktomorrow.

17. Thenewpark (cover) willcover averygreatarea.

18. We (know) willknow theanswertomorrow.

19. Ihopewe (meet) willmeet himtonight.

20. Whenthethermometerisbelowzerowater willfreeze. (freeze)

21. She (buy) willbuy herticketthedayaftertomorrow.

22. We (go) willgo foralongwalksoon.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

23. Alift (take) willtake ustothetopfloorofthehotel.

24. Iamafraidit (be) willbe quiteimpossible.

-> …………………………………………………………………………………
-> …………………………………………………………………………………
-> …………………………………………………………………………………
-> …………………………………………………………………………………
Task 2.

25. I’msurethey (understand) willunderstand yourproblem.

1.

1. The final match today is different ____________ 2019.

2. How are you _______________your father ?

3. The cake tastes __________________ as chocolate.

4. We imagine ourselves more __________________ other animals.

5. Rain is pronounced ___________________ reign in English.

6. The coffee tastes _____________________as milk.

7. I don’t know about that. How’re you __________________ from your mother?

8. The book’s ________________________ from the last time I read it.

Task 3. Fill in theblanks using structures “be different from”, “the same as” comparative “different than”. from the same different from different from the same different different the same different than

9. Susan’s ________________________ bike as my sister.

10. He looks really ___________________________ before.

Task 4. Using “be different from” to rewrite the following sentences.

1. My house is small and old. Your house is spacious and modern. My house is _________________________________________________________.

2. My mother's favorite food is noodle. My favorite food is rice. My mother's favorite food _______________________________________________

3. My best friend has a powerful personality. I have a weak personality. My best friend's personality _______________________________________________

4. Life in the countryside is quiet and peaceful.Life in the city is exciting. Life in the countryside is________________________________________________

5. Lan's school is Hai Ba Trung School. Hue goes to Nguyen Hue School. Lan’s school is__________________________________________________________

6. My hobby is collecting stamps. My brother's hobby is playing the piano. My hobby is_______________________________________________________

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

7. My answer for this equation is "4" butTom thinks it should be "5". My answer for this equation is_____________________________________________

8. My sister's hair is long and wavy. My hair is short and straight My sister’s hair is__________________________________________________

from different from your house. is different from my favorite food. is differentfrom my personality different from in the city different from Hue’s school. different from my brother’s hobby. different from your answer. different from my hair.

1. His father likes play football. He likes playing football too.

Like his father,_________________________________________________________

different from my hair.

2. People in Vietnam often decorate their houses before Lunar new year and Chinese people often do the same.

Like Vietnamese people __________________________________________________

3. She is very beautiful and kind and her sister is also beautiful and kind.

Chinese people often decorate their houses before Lunar new year. she is very beautiful and kind.

Like her sister ,____________________________________________________

4. People in Australia often watch fireworks on special occasions and Japanese people do the same.

Like Australian people ,______________________________________________.

Japanese people often watch firework on special occasions.

5. Peter prefers to eat bread for breakfast, so does Mary.

Like Peter ,__________________________________________________________

Mary prefers to eat bread for breakfast.

UNIT 9 FESTIVALS AROUD THE WORRD LISTENING

2. It is a ------ seasonal festival.

------.Traditionally, it was held to celebrate the summer harvest’s end.

3. In Vietnam, most families buy Moon Cakes from shops, while some other families ----- make the cakes for themselves.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

4. People often eat Moon Cakes with fruits or --------- tea --------.

Task 5.Using
Task 1: Look at the table and fill in the blanks:
“like + N” to rewrite the following sentences.

1. Mid-Autumn Festival is very -popular ---------in many Asian countries, including Vietnam.

5. During the festival, people can also watch the ------- Lion Dances -by the performers on the streets.

Mid-Autumn Festival is very popular in many Asian countries, including Vietnam. It is held in autumn. It is a seasonal festival. Traditionally, it was held to celebrate the summer harvest’s end. Nowadays, it is the time for families to light the lanterns and enjoy a special type of food. The food is called Moon Cake, because it is round like the Moon. In Vietnam, most families buy Moon Cakes from shops, while some other families make the cakes for themselves. People often eat Moon Cakes with fruits or tea. During the festival, people can also watch the Lion Dances by the performers on the streets. Children like the Mid-Autumn festival very much because their parents usually buy them beautiful lanterns.

1. Mid-autumn Festival is held in Vietnam only. F

2. Mid-autumn Festival is a seasonal festival. T

3. Some families make Moon Cakes by themselves. T

4. People never eat Moon Cakes with tea. F

5. People can watch the Lion Dances during Mid-autumn Festival.T

UNIT 9 FESTIVAL AROUND THE WORLD

SPEAKING

Task 1. Match the questions and answers. Then practice.

1. Where is the festivalcelebrated?

1-B

2. When is the festivalheld?

3. How far is it from the capitalcity?

2-H

4. How long does it take to get there by car? 4-H

A. They throw tomatoes at each other

B. In Bunol, a small town inSpain

C. Twenty thousand people, I think.

D. On last Wednesday ofAugust

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

3-J
Task 2: Listen to the passage then decide if the statements are True (T) or False (F)

5. How often does the festival take place?

5-I

E. It is free. You just join and have fun.

6-F F. To celebrate the tomatoharvest

6. Why do people hold thisfestival?

7. How do people celebrate this festival?

8. Who can attend thisfestival?

9. How much doesit cost to attend this festival?

10. How many people attended this festival?

___4__ I think it should be Day of the Dead.

7-A G. Anyone. However, small children should notcome

8-G H. About three hours and ahalf

9-E E. Annually

10-C F. More than three hundred kilometers

___6__ It is celebrated in Mexico, Ecuador, Guatemala in November 1st

_1___ Hello Dan. What are you doing?

__9___ Fantastic! Can I borrow your book once you finish reading it? ___2__ Hi. I’m reading a book about festivals in the world. _7____ What do people do in this festival?

___3__ Cool! Which festival do you find most impressive?

__8___They decorate their homes and gravesites with food, candles, candy skulls and flowers to welcome the dead back to earth. They also dress up as skeletons and parade through the streets.

__5___ Day of the Dead? Where is it celebrated? __10___ Sure.

UNIT 9 FESTIVAL AROUND THE WORLD

READING

1.What is Vietnam’s New Year known as?

It is especially known as TetNguyen Dan, or Tet

2.Is Tet celebrated according to the Lunar calendar? Yes, it is.

3.When does the Lunar New Year begin?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

It begins between January twenty-first and February nineteen.

Task 2. Put the dialogue into the correct order. Task 1. Read and answer the questions.

4.What do Vietnamese people usually do to prepare for Tet? They tidy their houses, cook special food, clean and make offerings on the family altars.

5.Why are the first three days the most important? Yes, they do.

6. Does Tet last five days? No, it doesn’t. Tet lasts ten days.

7.Why are the first three days the most important? Because Vietnamese people believe that how people act during those days will influence the whole year.

Vietnam’s New Year is celebrated according to the Lunar calendar. It is especially known as Tet Nguyen Dan, or Tet. It begins between January twenty-first and February nineteen. The exact date changes from year to year. Vietnamese people usually make preparations for the holiday several weeks beforehand. They tidy their houses, cook special food, clean and make offerings on the family altars. On the New Year’s Eve, people sit up to midnight to see New Year in, then they put on new clothes and give one another the greetings of the season. Tet lasts ten days. The first three days are the most important. Vietnamese people believe that how people act during those days will influence the whole year. As a result, they make every effort to avoid arguments and smile as much as possible.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

The Edinburg Festival is the biggest arts festival in the world. (1) ______August, thousands of people come to the city to join the festival. It(2) ______for three weeks and has a lot of activities. People enjoy music and dance performances in the streets (3) ______early morning until late at night. They also see artists paintingpicturesinthestreets. One of (4) ______most interesting pals of the festival is “Fringe”. Here people enjoy comedy shows by students in small halls and cafes. At thisfestival, tourists also have a chance to (5) ______new films, plays and listen to famous

Task 2.Choose the correct word A, B or C for each gap to complete the following passage.

musicians playing great music. Although it is the world’s largest festival, its tickets (6) ______quite cheap. This is one of the reasons why it attracts so many people every year.

1. A. On B. At C. in

2. A. goes B. last C. ends

3. A. in B. from C. between

4. A. the B. a C. much

5. A. learn B. be C. see

6. A. are B. every C. will

OUR EASTER

Hello! My name is Jack. I am 12 years old and I live in a small town in the South of Britain with my mum, dad and my sister Emily.

It is spring now and I am very happy because Easter is coming. I am telling you what we do in Britain at Easter.

Easter starts on Good Friday in Britain. My mum makes hot cross buns and we eat them with tea. We usually have some activities to celebrate Easter. Last year we made colorful hats. This year we are going to design a basket full of painted Easter eggs. It will be a great fun.

On Easter Sunday morning, we have a big breakfast. After breakfast we all go to church. When we get home, we give each other chocolate eggs. Kids get the biggest eggs. Then we play “Easter Egg Hunt”. My parents hide some Easter eggs in the garden and Emily and I look for them. We love playing it.

In the afternoon, my aunt and uncle come to our house to enjoy tea. We have Easter cupcakes and delicious tea. After that we usually go for a walk together.

I like Easter because it is a great family festival, and we do not have to go to school for 02 weeks.

No. Statements

1. Easter is in summer. F

2. Jack’s family eats hot cross buns on Good Friday morning. T

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

3. Children make a basket full of painted Easter eggs this year. T

T F NG
Task 3. Read and decide if each statement is true or false or not given.

4. Jack likes doing Easter activities. T

5. Easter Egg Hunting means that children eat chocolate eggs. F

6. Jack gets three chocolate eggs. NG

7. On Sunday afternoon, no one comes to Jack’s house. F

8. Children have to go to school even in Easter. F

Task 4. Complete the passage with the words from the box. other carved trick-or-treating fun unwanted comes costumes frightening

Halloween is celebrated on October31, and many people, including children, dress up in (1)_costumes , visit people’s houses, and ask for candy. This is called (2) trick or treating_____.

There are (3) _other____traditions at Halloween. People have parties in their houses. You can dress up in scary costumes for (4) __fun____, but your costume doesn’t have to be scary. In the USA, many people wear costumes that aren’t (5) _frightening__.

People also tell scary stories at Halloween or play games like bobbing for apples. Some people make jack-o’-lanterns. (6) __carved____pumpkins with candles inside, and put them inside or outside their houses. It’s unclear where this tradition (7) ____comes_from. Some historians believe that in the past, they were used to scary away (8) unwanted___visitors or travelers. Jack-o’-lanterns are now chiefly associated with Halloween.

UNIT 9 FESTIVAL AROUND THE WORLD WRITING

Task 1. Write sentences with the cues given. Use the correct form of the verbs.

1. Christmas / be / one / most famous / religious festivals / the world.

→ Christmas is one of the most famous religious festivals in the world.

2. Easter / hold / celebrate / the resurrection from the dead / Jesus Chris.

→ Easter is held to celebratethe resurrection from the dead of Jesus Chris.

3. highlight/ festival/the tomato fight.

→ The highlight of the festival is the tomato fight.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

4. My family and I / go / Thailand / last April / take part / the Songkran Festival.

→ My family and I went to Thailand_last April to take partin Songkran Festival._________________________________________________________

5. Elephants / spray / water / tourists / during / the Songkran festival / Ayutthaya, Bangkok.

→ Elephants spray water on tourists during the Songkran festival in Ayutthaya, Bangkok.____________________________________________________

1. 2010/ Burning Man/ last/ one week / there /51,515 people /attended.

→ In 2010, Burning Man lasted one week and there were 51,515 people attended .

7. Vietnamese people / prepare / Tet / clean / their houses / cook / traditional special foods.

→ Vietnamese people preparedfor Tet by cleaningtheir houses and cookingtraditional special foods.___ _______________________________________________________

8. Thanksgiving / be / seasonal holiday/ hold / annually / give thanks / God /successful harvest.

→ Thanksgiving is seasonal holiday held annually to give thanks to God for successful harvest.

Task

1. This house is not thesame as my old house. ( DIFFERENT FROM) This house is_______________________________________________.

Rewrite the sentences with the same meaning. different from my old house.

2. Nam is tall and handsome and his brother is tall and handsome too. ( LIKE + N)

3. They celebrated this festival years ago , but they stopped. ( USED TO V) They used to_________________________________________.

4. Many participants take part in eating competition every year. ( PARTICIPATE)

Many participants

his brother, Nam is tall and handsome. celebrate this festival years ago. participate in eating competition every year.

5. It’s so dirty to play in a muddy field. ( V-ing …………+ Adjective) Playing________________________________________________.

in a muddy field is dirty.

Write 5 sentences describing the pictures.

-What is the festival?...................................... …………………………………………………..

-What is it about??......................................

…………………………………………………..

-Who participated in it??................................

…………………………………………………..

-What activities are there in it?............................

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

-What do you think about it??.........................

…………………………………………………..

Like________________________________________________.
_______________________________________________.
Task 3. 2.

TEST FOR UNIT N.1

I. VOCABULARY AND GRAMMAR.

Choose the option (A, B, or C) that best completes each of the following sentences. (13 points)

Question 1. During ______________, people often eat, drink and listen to music.

A. sculpture B. competitions C. festivals D. lanterns

Question 2. My birthday is a(n) ______________ event because it only happens once a year.

A. monthly B. usual C. traditional D. annual

Question 3. American English is ______________ British English.

A. different B. difference C. different from D.difference between Question 4. People usually wear ______________ on special occasions.

A.traditionalgames B. special greetingsC.interesting activities D.traditional clothes

Question 5. Mud Ball Wrestling festival ______________ in the next Spring.

A. happened B. will happen C. happens D. is happening

Question 6. Da Latis one of the most famous tourist ______________.

A. attraction B. attract C. attractive D. attractions

Question 7. Teenagers often ______________ gifts with family and friends at Christmas.

A. changing B. exchanging C. change D. exchange

Question 8. Most of Asian countries ______________ Lunar New Year excitingly.

A. prefer B. celebrate C. compete D. decorate

Question 9. Last year, she ______________ house with coloful bulbs.

A. to decorate B. decorates C. decorated D. decorate

Question 10. People living in Australia______________ Christmas in Summer.

A. do B. have C. has D. make

Question 11. This place is different _______________when I first came last year.

A. in B. on C. from D. to

Question12. Peter often __________________ his house before New Year.

A. decorate B. buy C. defeat D. do

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Question 13. Every year, there are a lot of __________________ to join the competition.

A. participants B. demon C. girls D. bulls

II. WORD FORMATION

Supply the correct formsof the given words.

participate

1. We often _______________ in the fun run in summer. ( PARTICIPANT)

2. There are many ______________ around the world. ( CELEBRATE)

3. We hate walking in __________________ in rainy season. ( MUD)

4. The eating ______________ is celebrating next year. ( COMPETE)

5. This festival takes place ________________. ( ANNUAL).

6. We prefer colorful and beautiful ______________ at Christmas. ( DECORATE)

READING

celebrations muddy competition annually decoration

1.Read about strange New Year’s practices in some countries. Then choose T (True) or F (False).

Denmark –Some people have a loud way of celebrating the New Year. They throw plates on their friends’ doors. The people with many dishes outside their doors feel proud because they have a lot of friends.

The USA –It’s a tradition in America to share a midnight kiss with someone you love. This will make the coming year beautiful and full of love for you.

Chile –In Chile people participate in a mass on New Year’s Eve. Then they go to the graveyard, sit on their chairs and wait for the New Year with the dead.

Korea –On New Year’s days, children wear a Hanbok, a traditional Korean dress, make one bow to their elders and wish them a long and healthy life. In return, they receive advice and some money.

1. The Americans exchange a midnight kiss with someone they love. T F

2. Korean elders bow to their children. T F

3. In Chile, people welcome the New Year with the dead. T F

4. Korean children make three bows to their elders. T F

5. In Denmark, people celebrate the New Year quietly. T F

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

2. Choose the option (A, B,or C) –the correct answer. Every year in July, people in Ubon Ratchathani Thailand celebrate the Candle Festival. Tourists from all over the country come to Ubonto look at huge wax candles that a parade through the streets. There is music, dancers, a huge market and even a competition for artist to design the best candle.

In other countries, they have different festivals. Some are really strange. One of the weirdest festivals in the world is Day of the Dead. People decorate their homes and gravesites with food, candles, candy skulls and flowers to welcome the dead back to earth. People dress up as skeletons and parade through the streets. Day of the Dead sounds like a scary event, but it’s a happy time to celebrate and remember the lives of dead family members.

(Adapted fromhttp://www.thaifestivalblogs.com)

1. When is the Candle Festival in Thailand celebrated?

A. In every July.

B. In July every 2 years.

C. Every year

D. Both A and C are correct.

2. Who can participate in the Candle Festival?

A. People from Ubon Ratchathani.

B. People from Thailand.

C. People from other countries.

D. All are correct.

3. What is NOT included in CandleFestival’s activities?

A. Candle parade.

B. Musical performance.

C. Candle design.

D. Candle blow.

4. The word “weirdest” is closest in meaning to?

A. the best.

B. the most popular.

C. the strangest.

D. the most common.

5. According to the text, people celebrate Day of the Dead in order to

A. memories dead family members.

B. have meal together.

C. share the sadness.

D. pray for the family members.

3. Fill in each blank with ONE suitable word.

Yesterday, Carlos went (1) __ to ________La Tomatina. The festival is held on the last Wednesday of August every year in Buñol, Spain. (2)_ There _________ were thousands of people there. In the morning, many people tried (3) to climb __________ up the pole to get the ham. At 11 a.m., they (4)_ saw _________a jet from the water cannons and the chaos began. Bags of tomatoes from trucks were (5)_ thrown _________ to the crowds, and they began throwing tomatoes at one another. They all had to wear goggle (6)_ to protect _________their eyes.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

After one hour, they saw another jet and stopped (7)_ throwing _________. The whole town square (8)_ was_________red with rivers of tomato juice. Finally, they tried tomato

Paella, (9)_ traditional _________Spanish rice dish. Together with local people and tourists, they enjoyed the (10) ___ good _______food and drink.

WRITING

1. Rearrange the given phrases to make a complete sentence.

1. yours/ my/me/book/different/is/from.

My book is different from yours.

2. He / play / will / tomorrow./ table tennis / with his friend /

He will play tennis with his friend tomorrow.

3. they/ next week ?/ Will / go / mountain climbing

Will they go mountain climbing next week?

4. his/like/ enjoys/ football/ father/ playing/ he/.

Like his father, he enjoys playing football.

5. celebrate/ often/ we/ parties/ big/ on/ occasions/ special.

We often celebrate big parties on special occasions.

2. Rewrite the following sentences with the given words and/or beginnings in such a way that the meanings stay unchanged. (10 points)

6. Would you like to decorate your room on your own? (WANT)

Do … Do you want to decorate your room by yourself?

7. During dinner, she never watches TV.

While she is having dinner, she never watches TV. While having dinner, she never watches TV.……………..

8. Jack likes painting portraits. (KEEN)

Jack is keen on painting portraits.……….

9. To me, it's easy to understand the causes of traffic jam.

I find it easy to understand the causes of the traffic jam……………………..

10. Because of his good diet, John is always healthy.

Because John… has a good diet, he is always healthy… LISTENING

Task 1: Listen. When are these celebrations? Write the celebrations in the correct months.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

February: BobMarleyDay

March:St. Patrick’sDay

April: KartiniDay

September: MoonFestival

November: DayoftheDead

December: St.Lucia’sDay

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN

Task2:Listenagain.Whatdopeopledotocelebrate?Matcheachcelebrationwith anactivity.

St.Patrick’s Day
MoonFestival
BobMarleyDay
DayoftheDead
KartiniDay
St.Lucia’sDay
OFFICIAL 1.
2
3
4
5
6
gotoconcerts
____DayoftheDead
wearspecialclothes
____KartiniDay
gotoaparade
____St.Lucia’sDay
eatspecialcakes 1 e 2 f 3 b 4 a 5 c 6 d Audioscripts
St.Patrick’sDay
1 ____St.Patrick’sDay a. visitgraves 2 ____MoonFestival b.
3 ____BobMarleyDay c. sharespeciallunches 4
d.
5
e.
6
f.
1

Man:St.Patrick’sDayisMarchseventeenth.It’snamedforamanwholivedin Ireland.Ofcourse,Irishpeoplecelebratetheday,butit’sanevenbiggerfestivalinthe UnitedStates.InChicago,theyevenmaketherivergreen.Peoplealsohaveparties,and inlargecitieslikeNewYorkandChicago,therearebigparades.

2 MoonFestival

Woman:TheMoonFestivalisaChineseholiday.TheholidayisofteninSeptember becausetheChinesebelievethatSeptemberisthemonthofthemoon’sbirthday.People eatcakeschatareroundlikethemoon.Septemberisalsothetimefortheharvest,when thefoodthatwasgrownduringthesummerisgathered.Familiesgettogetherandhave bigdinners.

3 BobMarleyDay

Man:FebruarysixthisBobMarleyDay.BobMarleywasafamousmusician.He introducedreggaemusic–themusicofJamaica–totheworld.PeopleinJamaicaloved BobMarley.WhenMarleydied,Jamaicamadehisbirthdayanationalholiday.On Februarysixth,JamaicansrememberMarleythroughspecialevents,especiallyconcerts. Thereareconcertseverywhere.

4 DayoftheDead

Man:TheDayoftheDeadinNovemberisaveryimportantholidayinMexico.People believethatthedeadcomebacktovisitfamilymembersonthisday.Mexicansgoto visitgraves–wherethedeadareburied.Theyhavepicnicsnearthesegraves.Theybring foodandflowersforthedead.TheDayoftheDeadinNovemberisatimefor remembering.

5 KartiniDay

Woman:IndonesiacelebratesKartiniDayinApril.Kartiniwasaprincesswhowanted girlstohavebettereducationinhercountry.Shestartedaspecialschoolforgirls.Kartini diedwhenshewasveryyoung–onlytwenty-five.Herbirthday,Apriltwenty-first,is nowanationalholidayinIndonesia.Teachersandstudentssharespeciallunchesat schooltohonorPrincessKartini.

6 St.Lucia’sDav

Woman:St.Lucia’sDayisaholidayinSweden.It’sinDecember.St.Lucia’sDayisa daytobringlightintothehouse.Younggirlswearspecialclothes:awhitedressanda crownofcandles.InDecember,townsalloverSwedenchoosetheirQueenofLight. Homesandshopsallburncandlesthroughouttheday.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

***End –Of –TestN.1***

I. PHONETICS

TEST FOR UNITN.2

Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other three in each question.

1. A. snake B. educate C. racing D. castle

2. A.those B.they C.than D.Thanksgiving

3. A. desert B. held C. prefer D. celebrate

Choose the word which has a different stress pattern from the other three in each question.

4. A. festival B. event C. around D. defeat

5. A. celebrate B. participant C. sculpture D. decorate

II. VOCABULARY

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below.

6. Everybody has gone to the _____ festival.

A. music B. musical C. musician D. musicians

7. The Academy Awards, commonly _____ as the Oscars, are the most famous film awards in the world.

A. know B. knew C. known D. be known

8. La Tomatina is a _____ festival to celebrate the tomato harvest.

A. year B. seasonal C. season D. annually

9. Some people love to go _____ with friends on New Year’s Eve.

A. walk B. for walk C. for a walk D. for a walking

10. The _____ atmosphere is felt around all the villages.

A. tradition B. festival C. festive D. air

11. People of _____ minorities in Phu Yen celebrate Hoi Mua Festival every March

A. village B. local C. native D. ethnic

12. We saw a _____ of Lotus floats when attending Loykrathong Festival in Thailand last year.

A. parade B. march C. group D. class

13. In Vietnam, many people’s _____ is Buddhism.

A. custom B. religion C. tradition D. festival

14. Mr. Dam is a _____ person because he believes much in his star sign.

A. superstitious B. careful C. traditional D. smart

15. Many families in Vietnam _____ their ancestor on Hoi Mua occasion.

A. worship B. worships C. worshiping D. worshiped

16. Many villages _____ offer money or contribute food and drink to celebrate the festival.

A. volunteer B. volunteerly C. voluntary D. voluntarily

Choose the word or phrase that is CLOSEST in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following sentences.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

17. Tet Holiday is the most important festival in Vietnam which takes place in late January or early February.

A. appears B. occurs C. brings D. holds

18. Some people take naps after the feast with the whole family.

A. play games B. go out C. go to sleep D. hang out Choose the word or phrase that is OPPOSITE in meaning to the underlined part in each of the following sentences.

19. During their concert, Cold play stirred up the crowd in nearly 3 hours with their hit songs.

A. hand up B. move up C. settle D. sit down 20. We are so into the music played by him.

A. enjoy B. excite about C. dislike D. fond of III. GRAMMAR

Choose the word or phrase that best completes each sentence below. 21. _____ will take the money back? Mary.

A. Who B. What C. Why D. Whose 22. _____ does the man drink milk? Everyday

A. Who B. How often C. Where D. When 23. _____ sugar should be bought? Two kilos and a half.

A. How heavy B. How many C. How much D. How about 24. _____ does he do business? To earn a living.

A. Who B. What C. Where D. Why 25. _____ could they swim? They could swim there.

A. Who B. What C. Where D. When 26. _____ did they arrive in London? On August 2.

A. Who B. What C. Where D. When 27. _____ did you buy this T-shirt? In Bangkok, Thailand.

A. When B. Where C. What D. Who 28. _____ wants to attend “The Flower Festival” in Dalat this year?

A. How B. What C. Why D. Who 29. _____ is this Festival held? Every 2 years.

A. How long B. Why C. How often D. Who 30. _____ does “Westlife” concert take place? This June.

A. How often B. What C. When D. Why Choose the underlined part that need correcting in each sentence below. 31. People needto celebratefestivalbecause oftheyhelppreservetheirtraditions and customs. A B C D

32.Celebratingtradition festivalsshouldbeencouragein ourcommunity. A B C D 33. Festivalshelppeopleina communitycooperatingmore withothers.

A B C D

34. “Huong pagodafestival”iscelebratedannual.

A B C D

35. People can understandmoreabout theirculturalvaluesbyparticipatein festivals. A B C D

V. READING

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

Read the passage and then decide whether the sentences are True (A) or False (B) UK summer music festival

Held on a farm, the Glastonbury Festival is the most well-known and popular festival in the UK. It began in 1970 and was attended by one thousand five hundred people each paying an admission price of £1 –the ticket included free milk from the farm. Since then the Glastonbury Festival has gone from strength to strength –in 2004 one hundred and fifty thousand fans attended, paying £112 for tickets to the three-day event. Glastonbury is not unique in using live music to raise money for global poverty. In July of this year, the Live 8 concerts will be held simultaneously in London, Paris, Rome and Berlin. Superstars, such as Madonna, Sir Elton John and Stevie Wonder will perform in order to highlight international poverty and debt.

(Adapted from http://www.bbc.co.us/worldservice/learningenglish)

36. Glastonbury Festival is held inside big buildings.

A. True B. False

37. The Festival has been held for more than 100 years.

A. True B. False

38. Participants of the festival have to pay extra money for milk from the farm.

A. True B. False

39. In 2004, attendees paid £112 for tickets to each day of the event.

A. True B. False

40. Glastonbury is also held for charity purposes.

A. True B. False

Read the following passage and choose the option (A, B, C or D) that best answers each question.

Edinburgh Festival

Every year, thousands of people come to Edinburgh, the capital city of Scotland to be part of the Edinburgh Festival. For three weeks every August the city is filled with actors and artists from all over the world. They come to Edinburgh for the biggest arts festival in the UK. During this time the streets of the city are alive with music and dance from early morning until late at night. You can even see artists painting pictures on the streets. One of the best parts of the Festival is the 'Fringe', where students do comedy shows in small halls and cafes.

Tens of thousands of tourists come to the Festival to see new films, plays and hear music played by famous musicians. This year, you can see over eight hundred performances with actors from more than sixty countries. Theticketsfortheseperformancesarequitecheap,anditisusuallyeasiertoseeyour favourite star in Edinburgh than it is in London. So come to Edinburgh next summer, but remember it can be hard to find a room, so why not book your hotelnow.

41. How long is the EdinburghFestival?

A. Less than amonth.

B. Amonth.

C. More than amonth.

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

42. Why do actors and artists come to theFestival?

a. It is the biggest in theworld.

b. It is the biggest inEurope.

c. It is the biggest inBritain.

43. Who takes part in the'Fringe'?

a. Students.

b. FamousArtists.

c. FamousActors.

44. How many performers are there this year?

A. Less than eight hundredperformances.

a. About eight hundredperformances.

b. Over eight hundredperformances.

45. What are difficult to find during theFestival?

a. Places tostay.

b. Tickets for theshows.

c. Famouspeople.

V. WRITING

Choose the question (A, B, C or D) for the underlined part of the given sentence.

46. She stayed at homebecause she was sick.

A. Why she stayed at home?

B. Why did she stay at home?

C. Why at home she stayed?

D. Why at home did she stay?

47. I am going to buy12eggs.

A. How many eggs are you going to buy?

B. How many eggs you are going to buy?

C. How much eggs are you going to buy?

D. How much eggs you are going to buy?

48.Tonyadmires Celine Dion.

A. Who does admire Celine Dion?

B. Who is admire Celine Dion?

C. Who admires Celine Dion?

D. Who admire Celine Dion?

49.Hisson broke a vase.

A. Who broke the vase?

B. Whose broke the vase?

C. Whose is broke the vase?

D. Whose son broke the vase?

50. Theywalkto work every day.

A. How they to work every day?

B. How do they to work every day?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

C. How do they go to work every day?

D. How do they walk to work every day?

DẠYKÈMQUYNHƠN OFFICIAL

_____The end_____

Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.